WO2021230127A1 - Cleaning liquid and method for cleaning semiconductor substrate - Google Patents

Cleaning liquid and method for cleaning semiconductor substrate Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021230127A1
WO2021230127A1 PCT/JP2021/017353 JP2021017353W WO2021230127A1 WO 2021230127 A1 WO2021230127 A1 WO 2021230127A1 JP 2021017353 W JP2021017353 W JP 2021017353W WO 2021230127 A1 WO2021230127 A1 WO 2021230127A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
acid
group
compound
preferable
cleaning liquid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/017353
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
浩平 林
Original Assignee
富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ株式会社
Priority to JP2022521857A priority Critical patent/JPWO2021230127A1/ja
Publication of WO2021230127A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021230127A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/20Organic compounds containing oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/26Organic compounds containing nitrogen
    • C11D3/30Amines; Substituted amines ; Quaternized amines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D7/00Compositions of detergents based essentially on non-surface-active compounds
    • C11D7/22Organic compounds
    • C11D7/26Organic compounds containing oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D7/00Compositions of detergents based essentially on non-surface-active compounds
    • C11D7/22Organic compounds
    • C11D7/32Organic compounds containing nitrogen
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/18Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic System or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
    • H01L21/30Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
    • H01L21/302Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26 to change their surface-physical characteristics or shape, e.g. etching, polishing, cutting
    • H01L21/304Mechanical treatment, e.g. grinding, polishing, cutting

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a cleaning liquid for a semiconductor substrate and a method for cleaning the semiconductor substrate.
  • CMP chemical mechanical polishing
  • a polishing slurry containing polishing fine particles for example, silica, alumina, etc.
  • Mechanical Polishing processing may be performed.
  • metal components derived from the polished fine particles used in the CMP treatment, the polished wiring metal film, and / or the barrier metal and the like tend to remain on the surface of the semiconductor substrate after polishing. Since these residues can short-circuit the wiring and affect the electrical characteristics of the semiconductor, a cleaning step of removing these residues from the surface of the semiconductor substrate is generally performed.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a cleaning agent for the surface of a semiconductor substrate, which comprises an organic acid having at least one carboxyl group and a complexing agent.
  • the present inventor has examined a cleaning liquid for a semiconductor substrate to which CMP has been applied with reference to Patent Document 1 and the like.
  • the semiconductor substrate to which CMP has been applied contains tungsten and cobalt
  • the cleaning performance and tungsten have been investigated.
  • / or at least one of the corrosion protection against cobalt was found to be inferior. That is, it was found that there is room for further improvement in both cleaning performance and corrosion prevention performance in the cleaning liquid for a semiconductor substrate containing tungsten and cobalt to which CMP has been applied.
  • the present inventor has found that the above problem can be solved by the following configuration.
  • a cleaning liquid for semiconductor substrates that has been subjected to chemical mechanical polishing treatment.
  • the Hansen solubility parameter of the compound represented by the formula (1) has a hydrogen bond term of 31.0 or less (MPa) 0.5 , a dispersion term of 17.0 to 18.0 (MPa) 0.5 , and between dipoles.
  • a cleaning liquid for a semiconductor substrate to which CMP has been applied which has excellent cleaning performance and excellent corrosion prevention performance against tungsten and cobalt. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for cleaning a semiconductor substrate to which CMP has been applied.
  • the numerical range represented by using "-" means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • the “content” of the component means the total content of the two or more kinds of components.
  • “ppm” means “parts-per-million ( 10-6 )” and “ppb” means “parts-per-billion ( 10-9 )”.
  • the compounds described herein may contain isomers (compounds having the same number of atoms but different structures), optical isomers, and isotopes, if not particularly limited. Further, only one kind of isomer and isotope may be contained, or a plurality of kinds may be contained.
  • the LogP value is a value obtained by calculation of the common logarithm logP of 1-octanol and the partition coefficient P to water.
  • Known methods and software can be used for calculating the ClogP value, but unless otherwise specified, the ClogP program incorporated in ChemBioDrowUltra12.0 of Cambridgebest is used in the present invention.
  • the cleaning liquid of the present invention (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “cleaning liquid”) is a cleaning liquid for a semiconductor substrate subjected to chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) treatment, and is a compound represented by the formula (1) described later.
  • a cleaning solution containing alkanolamine and water, and the pH value of the cleaning solution at 25 ° C. is 9.0 or more.
  • the present inventor has determined that by using this cleaning liquid in the cleaning step after CMP is applied to a semiconductor substrate containing tungsten and cobalt, the cleaning performance and the corrosion prevention performance for tungsten and cobalt are improved. We found out and completed the present invention.
  • the present invention is presumed as follows.
  • the carboxyl group of the compound represented by the formula (1) and the functional group such as the amino group of the alkanolamine adhere to or adsorbed on the surface of the semiconductor substrate after CMP was applied to the metal particles and the like. It is considered that high cleaning performance can be obtained by causing interactions such as complex formation and improving the dispersibility of metal particles and the like.
  • the pH to 9.0 or higher
  • corrosion of cobalt is prevented
  • the compound represented by the formula (1) interacts to form a protective film on the surface of tungsten to prevent corrosion of tungsten. It is presumed that by preventing it, the corrosion prevention performance of both cobalt and tungsten is excellent.
  • the cleaning solution of the present invention contains a compound represented by the following formula (1), alkanolamine, and water, and the pH value of the cleaning solution at 25 ° C. is 9.0 or more.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (1) alkanolamine, and water
  • the pH value of the cleaning solution at 25 ° C. is 9.0 or more.
  • the cleaning liquid contains a compound represented by the formula (1) (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (1)”).
  • Ra1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group is preferable, and a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group is preferable.
  • Alkyl groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be possessed are more preferable. Also.
  • an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group and having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group and having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the alkyl group represented by Ra1 may have a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group.
  • the alkyl group may have both a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group. Further, the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group may further have a substituent other than the hydroxyl group and the carboxyl group. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and an amino group.
  • the number of hydroxyl groups contained in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 2 to 4.
  • the number of carboxyl groups contained in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the compound (1) may be an inorganic salt or an organic salt, and preferably does not form a salt.
  • the hydrogen bond term of the Hansen solubility parameter of compound (1) is that at least one of the cleaning performance and the corrosion prevention performance of the cleaning liquid is excellent (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “the effect of the present invention is more excellent”).
  • ⁇ h is 31.0 or less (MPa) 0.5
  • ⁇ d dispersion term
  • MPa 18.0
  • ⁇ p bipolar term
  • the Hansen solubility parameter means the Hansen solubility parameter described in "Hansen Solubility Parameter: A Users Handbook, Second Edition" (page 1-310, CRC Press, 2007) and the like. That is, the Hansen solubility parameter represents solubility as a multidimensional vector ( ⁇ h, ⁇ d, and ⁇ p), and these three parameters can be considered as the coordinates of points in a three-dimensional space called Hansen space.
  • the Hansen solubility parameters ⁇ h, ⁇ d, and ⁇ p of compound (1) can be calculated using, for example, HsPIP (Hansen Solubility Parameters in Practice).
  • the ClogP value of compound (1) is preferably -3.50 to -1.45, more preferably -3.20 to -2.00, in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the value of the ratio of the number of hydroxyl groups to the number of carboxyl groups [number of hydroxyl groups / number of carboxyl groups] of the compound (1) is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but 10 or less is preferable, 8 or less is more preferable, and 6 or less is further preferable.
  • the number of hydroxyl groups contained in the compound (1) is not particularly limited as long as it is 2 or more, and may be 3 or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but 10 or less is preferable, 8 or less is more preferable, and 5 or less is further preferable. Among them, the number of hydroxyl groups is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 2 to 5, and even more preferably 3 to 5, in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the number of carboxyl groups contained in the compound (1) is not particularly limited as long as it is 1 or more, and may be 2 or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but 10 or less is preferable, and 5 or less is more preferable. Among them, the number of carboxyl groups is preferably one because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • Examples of the compound (1) include gluconic acid, mucinic acid, glyceric acid, and heptonic acid. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of gluconic acid, mucinic acid, and glyceric acid is preferable as the compound (1), and gluconic acid or mucinic acid is more preferable, because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. , Gluconic acid is more preferred.
  • an optical isomer may be used. Further, one type of optical isomer may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. When one kind of optical isomer is mainly used, the optical purity thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
  • Compound (1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the compound (1) in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, but is often 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and 0.5% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the cleaning liquid. Is more preferable, 1% by mass or more is further preferable, 3% by mass or more is particularly preferable, and 4% by mass or more is most preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less, further preferably 6% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • the cleaning solution contains an alkanolamine.
  • the alkanolamine means an aliphatic compound having one or more amino groups and one or more hydroxyl groups in the molecule.
  • the alkanolamine may have any of a primary to tertiary amino group, but preferably has a primary amino group.
  • alkanolamine examples include a compound represented by the formula (a-1), and a compound represented by the formula (a-2) is preferable.
  • La1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a heteroatom.
  • an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have an oxygen atom is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have an oxygen atom is more preferable.
  • an unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the hydrogen atom in the alkylene group may be further substituted with a substituent.
  • Substituents include hydroxyl groups, alkyl groups, amino groups, and combinations thereof. Of these, a hydroxyl group is preferable.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched.
  • the number of hydroxyl groups of the alkylene group represented by L a1 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, 1 to 3 is more preferred.
  • the compound represented by the formula (a-1) may be an inorganic acid salt or an organic acid salt.
  • La2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a heteroatom. Among them, a single bond is preferable as La2.
  • an alkylene group represented by La2 an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms having an oxygen atom is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms having a hydroxyl group is more preferable, and an unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the alkylene group of is more preferred.
  • the hydrogen atom in the alkylene group may be further substituted with a substituent. Substituents include alkyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, and combinations thereof. Further, the alkylene group may be linear or branched.
  • R a2 to R a5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • a hydrogen atom is preferable as Ra2 and Ra3 in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • R a4 and R a5 a methyl group is preferable.
  • the alkyl group represented by R a2 to R a5 may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
  • Substituents include, for example, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, and halogen atoms. Of these, a hydroxyl group is preferable.
  • the alkyl group represented by R a2 to R a5 a methyl group or an ethyl group which may have a hydroxyl group is preferable, and an unsubstituted methyl group or an ethyl group is more preferable.
  • the compound represented by the formula (a-2) may be an inorganic acid salt or an organic acid salt.
  • alkanolamine examples include 2-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol (AMP), trishydroxymethylaminomethane (Tris), 2-amino-2-methylpropanediol (AMPD), and monoethanolamine (AMPD).
  • MEA Diethanolamine (DEA), Triethanolamine (TEA), Diethylene Glycolamine (DEGA), 2- (Methylamino) -2-Methyl-1-propanol (N-MAMP), 2- (Aminoethoxy) Ethanol (AEE) ), 2- (2-Aminoethylamino) ethanol (AAE), and 2- (2-aminoethoxy) ethanol.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of AMP, Tris, and AMPD is preferable, at least one selected from the group consisting of AMP and Tris is more preferable, and AMP is further preferable.
  • MEA, DEA, AEE, or AAE is preferable in terms of excellent cleaning performance (particularly cleaning performance for a metal film containing W).
  • alkanolamine may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the content of alkanolamine in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, further preferably 0.3% by mass or more, and 0.5% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the cleaning liquid. Is particularly preferable, and 3% by mass or more is most preferable.
  • the value of the mass ratio of the content of the compound (1) to the content of the alkanolamine [content of the compound (1) / content of the alkanolamine] is preferably 0.01 to 20, more preferably 0.1 to 10. It is preferable, 0.3 to 5 is more preferable, 0.4 to 3 is particularly preferable, and 0.4 to 1.5 is most preferable.
  • the cleaning liquid contains water as a solvent.
  • the type of water used for the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited as long as it does not adversely affect the semiconductor substrate, and distilled water, deionized water, and pure water (ultrapure water) can be used. Pure water (ultrapure water) is preferable because it contains almost no impurities and has less influence on the semiconductor substrate in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor substrate.
  • the water content in the cleaning solution may be the balance of compound (1), alkanolamine, and any component described later.
  • the content of water is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 60% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 85% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 98% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • the pH value of the cleaning solution of the present invention is 9.0 or more at 25 ° C.
  • the pH value of the cleaning liquid is preferably 10.0 or more, more preferably 11.0 or more at 25 ° C. in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the pH value of the cleaning liquid is preferably 13.0 or less, more preferably 12.0 or less, and more preferably 12.0 or less at 25 ° C. in that it is excellent in corrosion prevention performance (particularly, corrosion prevention performance for semiconductor substrates containing W or Cu). It is more preferably 5.5 or less.
  • the pH value of the cleaning solution is determined by the pH adjusting agent described later, and the pH adjusting function of compound (1), alkanolamine, secondary amine compound, quaternary ammonium compound, anticorrosion agent, organic acid, anionic surfactant and the like. It can be adjusted by using a component having.
  • the pH value of the cleaning solution can be measured by a method based on JIS Z8802-1984 using a known pH meter.
  • the cleaning liquid may contain other optional components in addition to the above-mentioned components.
  • optional components for example, a secondary amine compound, a surfactant, a pH adjuster, an anticorrosion agent, an organic acid, a reducing agent, and a chelating agent whose coordinating group is a nitrogen-containing group (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific chelating agent”). ), And various additives.
  • the cleaning liquid preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a second amine compound, a surfactant, a pH adjuster, an anticorrosive agent, an organic acid, and a polymer.
  • a second amine compound preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a second amine compound, a surfactant, a pH adjuster, an anticorrosive agent, an organic acid, and a polymer.
  • a second amine compound preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a second amine compound, a surfactant, a pH adjuster, an anticorrosive agent, an organic acid, and a polymer.
  • the cleaning liquid may contain a second amine compound.
  • the second amine compound is an amine compound different from the above-mentioned alkanolamine.
  • Examples of the second amine compound include an alicyclic amine compound, an aliphatic monoamine compound, an aliphatic polyamine compound, and an amine compound containing at least one selected from the group consisting of amino acids. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of an alicyclic amine compound and an amino acid is preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the alicyclic amine compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a non-aromatic heterocycle in which at least one of the atoms constituting the ring is a nitrogen atom.
  • Examples of the alicyclic amine compound include a piperazine compound and a cyclic amidine compound.
  • the piperazine compound is a compound having a hetero 6-membered ring (piperazine ring) in which the opposite -CH- group of the cyclohexane ring is replaced with a nitrogen atom.
  • the piperazine compound may have a substituent on the piperazine ring. Examples of such a substituent include a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a hydroxyl group, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • piperazine compound examples include piperazine, 1-methylpiperazine (NMPZ), 1-ethylpiperazine, 1-propylpiperazine, 1-butylpiperazine, 2-methylpiperazine, 1,4-dimethylpiperazine and 2,5-dimethylpiperazine.
  • 2,6-dimethylpiperazine 1-phenylpiperazine, 2-hydroxypiperazine, 2-hydroxymethylpiperazine, 1- (2-hydroxyethyl) piperazine (HEP), N- (2-aminoethyl) piperazine (AEP), 1,4-Bis (2-hydroxyethyl) piperazine (BHEP), 1,4-bis (2-aminoethyl) piperazine (BAEP), and 1,4-bis (3-aminopropyl) piperazine (BAPP).
  • Piperazine, NMPZ, HEP, AEP, BHEP, BAEP, or BAPP is preferable, and piperazine or NMPZ is more preferable.
  • the alicyclic amine compound includes, for example, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, a compound having a hetero5-membered ring having no aromaticity such as imidazolidinethione, and a nitrogen atom.
  • examples include compounds having a 7-membered ring.
  • the number of ring members of the above heterocycle contained in the cyclic amidine compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 or 6, and more preferably 6.
  • Examples of the cyclic amidine compound include diazabicycloundecene (1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-en: DBU) and diazabicyclononene (1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.
  • Nona-5-en DBN
  • 3,4,6,7,8,9,10,11-octahydro-2H-pyrimid [1.2-a] azocin
  • 3,4,6,7,8 9-Hexahydro-2H-pyrido [1.2-a] pyrimidine
  • 2,5,6,7-tetrahydro-3H-pyrrolo [1.2-a] imidazole 3-ethyl-2,3,4,6 , 7,8,9,10-octahydropyrimid [1.2-a] azepine
  • creatinine with DBU being preferred.
  • the cyclic amidine compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • aliphatic monoamine compound other than the alkanolamine and the alicyclic amine compound examples include a compound represented by the following formula (a) (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (a)”).
  • R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • x represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group and an isopropyl group, and an ethyl group or an n-propyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the compound (a) include methylamine, ethylamine, propylamine, dimethylamine, diethylamine, trimethylamine, and triethylamine, and ethylamine, propylamine, diethylamine, and triethylamine are preferable.
  • Examples of the aliphatic monoamine compound other than the compound (a) include n-butylamine, 3-methoxypropylamine, tert-butylamine, n-hexylamine, cyclohexylamine, n-octylamine, 2-ethylhexylamine, morpholin, and the like. 4- (2-Aminoethyl) morpholine (AEM) can be mentioned.
  • aliphatic polyamine compound examples include alkylenediamines such as ethylenediamine (EDA), 1,3-propanediamine (PDA), 1,2-propanediamine, 1,3-butanediamine, and 1,4-butanediamine. Further, polyalkylpolyamines such as diethylenetriamine (DETA), triethylenetetramine (TETA), bis (aminopropyl) ethylenediamine (BAPEDA), and tetraethylenepentamine are mentioned, and EDA is preferable.
  • EDA ethylenediamine
  • PDA 1,3-propanediamine
  • TETA triethylenetetramine
  • BAPEDA bis (aminopropyl) ethylenediamine
  • tetraethylenepentamine examples include EDA.
  • Amino acids are compounds that have one carboxyl group and one or more amino groups in the molecule.
  • amino acids examples include arginine, glycine, serine, ⁇ -alanine (2-aminopropionic acid), ⁇ -alanine (3-aminopropionic acid), lysine, leucine, isoleucine, cysteine, methionine, ethionine, threonine, tryptophan, and the like.
  • amino acids include arginine, glycine, serine, ⁇ -alanine (2-aminopropionic acid), ⁇ -alanine (3-aminopropionic acid), lysine, leucine, isoleucine, cysteine, methionine, ethionine, threonine, tryptophan, and the like.
  • examples thereof include tyrosine, valine, histidine, histidine derivative, asparagine, glutamine, proline, phenylalanine, the compounds described in paragraphs [0021] to [0023] of JP-A-2016-08
  • the compounds described in JP-A-2015-165561, JP-A-2015-165562 and the like can be incorporated, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the salt include alkali metal salts such as sodium salt and potassium salt, ammonium salt, carbonate, and acetate.
  • arginine or a sulfur-containing amino acid containing a sulfur atom is preferable.
  • the sulfur-containing amino acid include cystine, cysteine, ethionine and methionine, and cystine or cysteine is preferable.
  • the second amine compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the second amine compound in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.03 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 15% by mass, and 0.05 to 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • the mass% is more preferable, and 0.05 to 3% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the cleaning liquid may contain a surfactant.
  • the surfactant is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a hydrophilic group and a hydrophobic group (lipophilic group) in the molecule, and for example, an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, and a nonionic surfactant. , And amphoteric surfactants.
  • Surfactants often have an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and a hydrophobic group selected from combinations thereof.
  • the hydrophobic group of the surfactant is not particularly limited. Among them, when the hydrophobic group contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group, the aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms, and more preferably 10 or more carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 18 or less.
  • the hydrophobic group does not contain an aromatic hydrocarbon group and is composed only of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 10 or more carbon atoms, and the aliphatic hydrocarbon group has 12 carbon atoms.
  • the above is more preferable, and the carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is further preferably 16 or more.
  • the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 18 or less.
  • anionic surfactant examples include, as a hydrophilic group (acid group), a phosphate ester-based surfactant having a phosphate ester group, a phosphonic acid-based surfactant having a phosphonic acid group, and the like. Examples thereof include a sulfonic acid-based surfactant having a sulfo group, a carboxylic acid-based surfactant having a carboxyl group, and a sulfate ester-based surfactant having a sulfate ester group. It is preferable that the cleaning liquid contains an anionic surfactant because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • phosphoric acid ester-based surfactant examples include a phosphoric acid ester (alkyl ether phosphoric acid ester), a polyoxyalkylene ether phosphoric acid ester, and salts thereof.
  • Phosphoric acid ester and polyoxyalkylene ether phosphoric acid usually contain both monoester and diester, but monoester or diester can be used alone.
  • salt of the phosphoric acid ester-based surfactant include a sodium salt, a potassium salt, an ammonium salt, and an organic amine salt.
  • the alkyl group contained in the phosphoric acid ester and the polyoxyalkylene ether phosphoric acid ester is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 12 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable. Eighteen alkyl groups are even more preferred.
  • the alkylene group contained in the polyoxyalkylene ether phosphoric acid ester is not particularly limited, but an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and an ethylene group or a 1,2-propanediyl group is more preferable.
  • the number of repetitions of the oxyalkylene group in the polyoxyalkylene ether phosphoric acid ester is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 3 to 10.
  • Examples of the phosphoric acid ester-based surfactant include octyl phosphate, lauryl phosphate, tridecyl phosphate, myristyl phosphate, cetyl phosphate, stearyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene octyl ether phosphate, and polyoxyethylene. Lauryl ether phosphate ester or polyoxyethylene tridecyl ether phosphate ester is preferred.
  • phosphonic acid-based surfactant examples include alkylphosphonic acid and polyvinylphosphonic acid. Further, for example, aminomethylphosphonic acid and the like described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-057108 and the like can also be mentioned.
  • sulfonic acid-based surfactant examples include alkyl sulfonic acid, alkyl benzene sulfonic acid, alkyl naphthalene sulfonic acid, alkyl diphenyl ether disulfonic acid, alkyl methyl taurine, sulfosuccinic acid diester, polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfonic acid, and salts thereof.
  • the sulfonic acid-based surfactant include alkyl sulfonic acid, alkyl benzene sulfonic acid, alkyl naphthalene sulfonic acid, alkyl diphenyl ether disulfonic acid, alkyl methyl taurine, sulfosuccinic acid diester, polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfonic acid, and salts thereof.
  • the alkyl group contained in the above-mentioned sulfonic acid-based surfactant is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 10 or more carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 12 or more carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 24 or less.
  • the alkylene group contained in the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfonic acid is not particularly limited, but an ethylene group or a 1,2-propanediyl group is preferable.
  • the number of repetitions of the oxyalkylene group in the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfonic acid is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6.
  • sulfonic acid-based surfactant examples include hexanesulfonic acid, octanesulfonic acid, decanesulfonic acid, dodecanesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, cumenesulfonic acid, octylbenzenesulfonic acid, dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid (DBSA), and di.
  • DBSA dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid
  • examples thereof include nitrobenzene sulfonic acid (DNBSA) and laurildodecylphenyl ether disulfonic acid (LDPEDSA).
  • a sulfonic acid-based surfactant having an alkyl group having 10 or more carbon atoms is preferable, a sulfonic acid-based surfactant having an alkyl group having 12 or more carbon atoms is more preferable, and DBSA is further preferable.
  • carboxylic acid-based surfactant examples include alkylcarboxylic acids, alkylbenzenecarboxylic acids, polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether carboxylic acids, and salts thereof.
  • the alkyl group contained in the above-mentioned carboxylic acid-based surfactant is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 11 to 17 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the alkylene group contained in the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether carboxylic acid is not particularly limited, but an ethylene group or a 1,2-propanediyl group is preferable.
  • the number of repetitions of the oxyalkylene group in the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether carboxylic acid is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6.
  • carboxylic acid-based surfactant examples include lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether acetic acid, and polyoxyethylene tridecyl ether acetic acid.
  • sulfate ester-based surfactant examples include a sulfate ester (alkyl ether sulfate ester), a polyoxyalkylene ether sulfate ester, and salts thereof.
  • the alkyl group contained in the sulfate ester and the polyoxyalkylene ether sulfate ester is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the alkylene group contained in the polyoxyalkylene ether sulfate ester is not particularly limited, but an ethylene group or a 1,2-propanediyl group is more preferable.
  • the number of repetitions of the oxyalkylene group in the polyoxyalkylene ether sulfate ester is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6.
  • Specific examples of the sulfate ester-based surfactant include lauryl sulfate, myristyl sulfuric acid, and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate.
  • anionic surfactant examples include a phosphate ester-based surfactant, a sulfonic acid-based surfactant (more preferably, a sulfonic acid-based surfactant having an alkyl group having 12 or more carbon atoms), a phosphonic acid-based surfactant, and the like. And at least one selected from the group consisting of carboxylic acid-based surfactants are preferable, and phosphoric acid ester-based surfactants or sulfonic acid-based surfactants having an alkyl group having 12 or more carbon atoms are more preferable.
  • the anionic surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the cleaning liquid preferably contains two or more kinds of anionic surfactants in that it is excellent in corrosion prevention performance (particularly, corrosion prevention performance for semiconductor substrates containing Cu and / or Co).
  • the cleaning liquid contains an anionic surfactant
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • anionic surfactants commercially available ones may be used.
  • cationic surfactant examples include primary to tertiary alkylamine salts (eg, monostearylammonium chloride, distearylammonium chloride, tristearylammonium chloride, etc.), and modified aliphatic polyamines (eg, for example. (Polyethylene polyamine, etc.) can be mentioned.
  • Nonionic surfactant examples include polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether (for example, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether and the like), polyoxyalkylene alkenyl ether (for example, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether and the like), and polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether (for example).
  • Polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, etc. Polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, etc.
  • Polyoxyalkylene glycol eg, polyoxypropylene polyoxyethylene glycol, etc.
  • Polyoxyalkylene monoalkhet monoalkyl fatty acid ester polyoxyalkylene
  • polyoxyethylene monosteer Rates
  • polyoxyethylene monoalchelates such as polyoxyethylene monoolates
  • polyoxyalkylene dialchelates dialkyl fatty acid ester polyoxyalkylenes
  • polys such as polyoxyethylene diolates.
  • Oxyethylene dial chelate bispolyoxyalkylene alkylamide (eg, bispolyoxyethylene stearylamide, etc.), sorbitan fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene alkylamine, glycerin fatty acid ester, oxyethylene oxypropylene block Examples thereof include copolymers, acetylene glycol-based surfactants, and acetylene-based polyoxyethylene oxides.
  • bispolyoxyalkylene alkylamide eg, bispolyoxyethylene stearylamide, etc.
  • sorbitan fatty acid ester polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester
  • polyoxyethylene alkylamine polyoxyethylene alkylamine
  • glycerin fatty acid ester oxyethylene oxypropylene block
  • oxyethylene oxypropylene block examples thereof include copolymers, acetylene glycol-based surfactants, and acetylene-based polyoxy
  • amphoteric surfactant examples include carboxybetaine (eg, alkyl-N, N-dimethylaminoacetic acid betaine and alkyl-N, N-dihydroxyethylaminoacetic acid betaine, etc.) and sulfobetaine (eg, alkyl-N, N-). Dimethylsulfoethyleneammonium betaine and the like), and imidazolinium betaine (eg, 2-alkyl-N-carboxymethyl-N-hydroxyethyl imidazolinium betaine and the like).
  • carboxybetaine eg, alkyl-N, N-dimethylaminoacetic acid betaine and alkyl-N, N-dihydroxyethylaminoacetic acid betaine, etc.
  • sulfobetaine eg, alkyl-N, N-.
  • imidazolinium betaine eg, 2-alkyl-N
  • surfactant examples include paragraphs [0092] to [0090] of JP-A-2015-158662, paragraphs [0045]-[0046] of JP-A-2012-151273, and paragraphs of JP-A-2009-147389.
  • the compounds described in [0014] to [0020] can also be incorporated, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the surfactant one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • the cleaning solution may contain a pH adjuster.
  • the pH adjuster include components other than those described above, and examples thereof include quaternary ammonium compounds.
  • the quaternary ammonium compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a quaternary ammonium cation in which a nitrogen atom is substituted with four hydrocarbon groups (preferably an alkyl group) or a salt thereof.
  • the quaternary ammonium compound include a quaternary ammonium hydroxide, a quaternary ammonium fluoride, a quaternary ammonium bromide, a quaternary ammonium iodide, a quaternary ammonium acetate, and a quaternary ammonium compound.
  • Examples include ammonium carbonate.
  • quaternary ammonium hydroxide represented by the following formula (4) is preferable.
  • R 8 represents an alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group or a phenyl group.
  • the four R 8 may being the same or different.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group or an ethyl group is preferable.
  • the alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group or a phenyl group represented by R 8, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a 2-hydroxyethyl group, or a benzyl group preferably a methyl group
  • An ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, or a 2-hydroxyethyl group is more preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a 2-hydroxyethyl group is further preferable.
  • quaternary ammonium compound examples include 2-hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide (choline), tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), trimethylethylammonium hydroxide (TMEAH), diethyldimethylammonium hydroxide (DEDH), and methyl.
  • Triethylammonium Hydroxide MTEAH
  • Tetraethylammonium Hydroxide TEAH
  • Tetrapropylammonium Hydroxide TPAH
  • Tetrabutylammonium Hydroxide TBAH
  • Bis (2-Hydroxyethyl) Dimethylammonium Hydroxide Tri (2-) Examples thereof include hydroxyethyl) methylammonium hydroxide, tetra (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide (BTMAH), and cetyltrimethylammonium hydroxide.
  • BTMAH benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide
  • cetyltrimethylammonium hydroxide cetyltrimethylammonium hydroxide.
  • choline As the quaternary ammonium compound used in the washing liquid, choline, TMAH, TMEAH, DEDMAH, MTEAH, TEAH, TPAH, TBAH, or bis (2-hydroxyethyl) dimethylammonium hydroxide is preferable, and choline is more preferable.
  • the cleaning liquid preferably contains a quaternary ammonium compound having an asymmetric structure.
  • a quaternary ammonium compound "has an asymmetric structure" it means that none of the four hydrocarbon groups substituted with nitrogen atoms are the same. In other words, at least one of the four hydrocarbon groups that replace the nitrogen atom is a different type of hydrocarbon group.
  • the quaternary ammonium compound having an asymmetric structure include choline, TMEAH, DEDMAH, MTEAH, and bis (2-hydroxyethyl) dimethylammonium hydroxide, and choline is preferable.
  • the quaternary ammonium compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and 0. 2% by mass or more is more preferable.
  • the upper limit of the content of the pH adjuster is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass, in terms of suppressing deterioration of cleaning performance due to aggregation of residue particles and / or readsorption of the residue in the cleaning step. % Or less is more preferable, and 3% by mass or less is further preferable.
  • the mass ratio of the alkanolamine content to the pH adjuster content in the cleaning solution is preferably 0.01 to 20, more preferably 0.05 to 15. It is preferable, 0.1 to 10 is more preferable.
  • the cleaning liquid may contain an anticorrosive agent.
  • the cleaning liquid may contain an anticorrosive agent.
  • the cleaning liquid may contain an anticorrosive agent.
  • As the anticorrosive agent a component different from the above-mentioned component is preferable. Examples of the anticorrosive agent include heterocyclic compounds having a heterocyclic structure and other anticorrosive agents.
  • the nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a heteroaromatic ring (nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic ring) in which at least one of the atoms constituting the ring is a nitrogen atom.
  • the nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound functions as an anticorrosive agent for improving the corrosion prevention performance of the cleaning liquid. Therefore, it is preferable that the cleaning liquid contains a nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound.
  • the nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound include an azole compound, a pyridine compound, a pyrazine compound, and a pyrimidine compound.
  • the azole compound is a compound having at least one nitrogen atom and having an aromatic 5-membered ring.
  • the number of nitrogen atoms contained in the hetero 5-membered ring of the azole compound is not particularly limited, and is preferably 2 to 4, more preferably 3 or 4.
  • the azole compound may have a substituent on the hetero 5-membered ring. Examples of such a substituent include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a mercapto group, an amino group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have an amino group, and a 2-imidazolyl group.
  • Examples of the azole compound include a triazole compound, an imidazole compound, a pyrazole compound, a thiazole compound, and a tetrazole compound.
  • triazole compound examples include 1,2,4-triazole, 1-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethyl-5-methyl-1H benzotriazole, and 1-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethyl-4.
  • imidazole compound examples include imidazole, 1-methylimidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 5-methylimidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, 2-mercaptoimidazole, 4,5-dimethyl-2-mercaptoimidazole and 4-hydroxy.
  • Examples include imidazole, 2,2'-biimidazole, 4-imidazole carboxylic acid, histamine, benzoimidazole, 2-aminobenzoimidazole, and adenine.
  • pyrazole compound examples include pyrazole, 4-pyrazolecarboxylic acid, 1-methylpyrazole, 3-methylpyrazole, 3-amino-5-hydroxypyrazole, 3-amino-5-methylpyrazole, 3-aminopyrazole, and 4 -Aminopyrazole can be mentioned.
  • thiazole compound examples include 2,4-dimethylthiazole, benzothiazole, and 2-mercaptobenzothiazole.
  • tetrazole compound examples include 1H-tetrazole (1,2,3,4-tetrazole), 5-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrazole and 5-amino-1,2,3.
  • examples thereof include 4-tetrazole, 1,5-pentamethylenetetrazole, 1-phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole, and 1- (2-dimethylaminoethyl) -5-mercaptotetrazole.
  • an imidazole compound or a pyrazole compound is preferable, 1,2,4-triazole, 1-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethyl-5-methyl-1Hbenzotriazole, and 1-bis (2).
  • -Hydroxyethyl At least one selected from the group consisting of aminomethyl-4-methyl-1H-benzotriazole is preferable.
  • the pyridine compound is a compound having a hetero 6-membered ring (pyridine ring) containing one nitrogen atom and having aromaticity.
  • pyridine ring a hetero 6-membered ring
  • examples of the pyridine compound include pyridine, 3-aminopyridine, 4-aminopyridine, 3-hydroxypyridine, 4-hydroxypyridine, 2-acetamidopyridine, 2-cyanopyridine, 2-carboxypyridine, and 4-carboxypyridine. Can be mentioned.
  • the pyrazine compound has aromaticity and has a hetero 6-membered ring (pyrazine ring) containing two nitrogen atoms located at the para position, and the pyrimidine compound has aromaticity and is at the meta position. It is a compound having a hetero 6-membered ring (pyrimidine ring) containing two located nitrogen atoms.
  • the pyrazine compound include pyrazine, 2-methylpyrazine, 2,5-dimethylpyrazine, 2,3,5-trimethylpyrazine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethylpyrazine and 2-ethyl-3-methylpyrazine.
  • 2-amino-5-methylpyrazine examples include pyrimidine, 2-methylpyrimidine, 2-aminopyrimidine, and 4,6-dimethylpyrimidine, and 2-aminopyrimidine is preferable.
  • an azole compound or a pyrazine compound is preferable, an azole compound is more preferable, and a triazole compound is further preferable.
  • the nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the cleaning liquid. More preferably, 0.05 to 5% by mass.
  • anticorrosive agents examples include saccharides such as fructose, glucose and ribose, polyols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and glycerin, polyacrylic acid, polymaleic acid, and polycarboxylic acids such as copolymers thereof.
  • the cleaning liquid may contain an organic acid.
  • the organic acid is an organic compound having an acidic functional group and showing acidity (pH is less than 7.0) in an aqueous solution.
  • the acidic functional group include a carboxyl group, a phosphonic acid group, a sulfo group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a mercapto group.
  • the above-mentioned compound (1), amino acids, and compounds that function as anionic surfactants are not included in the organic acid.
  • the organic acid is not particularly limited, but is a carboxylic acid having a carboxyl group in the molecule (carboxylic acid), a phosphonic acid having a phosphonic acid group in the molecule (phosphonic acid), and a sulfonic acid having a sulfo group in the molecule (the sulfonic acid).
  • Sulfuric acid preferably carboxylic acid or phosphonic acid.
  • the number of acidic functional groups contained in the organic acid is not particularly limited, but 1 to 4 is preferable, and 1 to 3 is more preferable.
  • the organic acid is preferably a compound having a function of chelating with the metal contained in the residue in that it is excellent in cleaning performance, and is a functional group (coordinating group) that coordinates with a metal ion in the molecule.
  • a compound having two or more of the above is more preferable.
  • the coordinating group include the above acidic functional groups, and a carboxylic acid group or a phosphonic acid group is preferable.
  • the carboxylic acid may be a monocarboxylic acid having one carboxyl group or a polycarboxylic acid having two or more carboxyl groups.
  • a polycarboxylic acid having 2 or more (more preferably 2 to 4, more preferably 2 or 3) carboxyl groups is preferable because it is more excellent in cleaning performance.
  • carboxylic acid examples include aminopolycarboxylic acid, hydroxycarboxylic acid, and aliphatic carboxylic acid.
  • aminopolycarboxylic acid is a compound having one or more amino groups and two or more carboxyl groups as coordinating groups in the molecule.
  • the aminopolycarboxylic acid include asparagic acid, glutamic acid, butylenediamine tetraacetic acid, diethylenetriaminetetraacetic acid (DTPA), ethylenediaminetetrapropionic acid, triethylenetetraminehexacetic acid, 1,3-diamino-2-hydroxypropane-N, N, N', N'-tetraacetic acid, propylenediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), trans-1,2-diaminocyclohexanetetraacetic acid (CyDTA), ethylenediaminediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediaminediaminedipropionic acid, 1,6- Hexylenediamine-di
  • a hydroxycarboxylic acid is a compound having one or more hydroxyl groups and one or more carboxyl groups in the molecule.
  • the cleaning liquid preferably contains a hydroxycarboxylic acid in that the cleaning performance can be further improved while maintaining the corrosion prevention performance of the cleaning liquid.
  • the hydroxycarboxylic acid include malic acid, citric acid, glycolic acid, tartaric acid and lactic acid, preferably glycolic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid or citric acid, and more preferably citric acid.
  • aliphatic carboxylic acid examples include succinic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, sebacic acid, and maleic acid, and succinic acid or adipic acid is preferable.
  • succinic acid or adipic acid is preferable.
  • the use of adipic acid can significantly improve the performance of the cleaning liquid (cleaning performance and corrosion resistance) as compared with other chelating agents.
  • the number of carbon chains of the alkylene group is particularly excellent in the relationship with the two carboxyl groups, and it is particularly excellent in hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity, and during complex formation with a metal. It is expected to be derived from the formation of a stable ring structure.
  • Examples of the carboxylic acid other than the above aminopolycarboxylic acid, amino acid, hydroxycarboxylic acid, and aliphatic carboxylic acid include monocarboxylic acid.
  • Examples of the monocarboxylic acid include lower (1 to 4 carbon atoms) aliphatic monocarboxylic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, and butyric acid.
  • carboxylic acid hydroxycarboxylic acid or aliphatic carboxylic acid is preferable, and cystine, cysteine, gluconic acid, glycolic acid, malic acid, tartrate acid, citric acid, succinic acid, or adipic acid is more preferable, and cysteine, gluconic acid, Citrate, succinic acid, or adipic acid is more preferred.
  • the carboxylic acid may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the carboxylic acid in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • the phosphonic acid may be a monophosphonic acid having one phosphonic acid or a polyphosphonic acid having two or more phosphonic acid groups. Polyphosphonic acid having two or more phosphonic acid groups is preferable because it is superior in cleaning performance.
  • Examples of the polyphosphonic acid include a compound represented by the formula (P1), a compound represented by the formula (P2), and a compound represented by the formula (P3).
  • X represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group
  • R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 11 in the formula (P1) may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • R 11 in the formula (P1) an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an isopropyl group is more preferable.
  • n- represents a normal-form.
  • X in the formula (P1) a hydroxyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the polyphosphonic acid represented by the formula (P1) include ethylidene diphosphonic acid, 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1'-diphosphonic acid (HEDPO), 1-hydroxypropyridene-1,1'-diphosphonic acid, or 1 -Hydroxybutylidene-1,1'-diphosphonic acid is preferred.
  • HEDPO 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1'-diphosphonic acid
  • 1 -Hydroxybutylidene-1,1'-diphosphonic acid is preferred.
  • Q represents a hydrogen atom or R 13- PO 3 H 2
  • R 12 and R 13 each independently represent an alkylene group
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom, -R 13- PO 3 H 2.
  • P4 a group represented by the following formula (P4).
  • Q and R 13 are the same as Q and R 13 in the formula (P2).
  • Examples of the alkylene group represented by R 12 in the formula (P2) include a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • Ethylene groups are more preferred.
  • the alkylene group represented by R 13 in formula (P2) and (P4) for example, linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, having 1 to 4 linear or carbon A branched alkylene group is preferable, a methylene group or an ethylene group is more preferable, and a methylene group is further preferable.
  • Q in the formulas (P2) and (P4) -R 13- PO 3 H 2 is preferable.
  • Y in the formula (P2) a group represented by -R 13- PO 3 H 2 or the formula (P4) is preferable, and a group represented by the formula (P4) is more preferable.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (P2) include ethylaminobis (methylenephosphonic acid), dodecylaminobis (methylenephosphonic acid), nitrilotris (methylenephosphonic acid) (NTPO), and ethylenediaminebis (methylenephosphonic acid) (EDDPO).
  • 1,3-propylene diaminebis (methylenephosphonic acid), ethylenediaminetetra (methylenephosphonic acid) (EDTPO), ethylenediaminetetra (ethylenephosphonic acid), 1,3-propylenediaminetetra (methylenephosphonic acid) (PDTMP), 1,2-Diaminopropanetetra (methylenephosphonic acid) or 1,6-hexamethylenediaminetetra (methylenephosphonic acid) is preferable.
  • R 14 and R 15 each independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • n represents an integer of 1-4
  • One represents an alkyl group having a phosphonic acid group
  • the rest represents an alkyl group.
  • the alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R 14 and R 15 in the formula (P3) may be either linear or branched.
  • Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R 14 and R 15 include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a trimethylene group, an ethylmethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a 2-methylpropylene group and 2-. Examples thereof include a methyltrimethylene group and an ethylethylene group, and an ethylene group is preferable.
  • n in the formula (P3) 1 or 2 is preferable.
  • Examples of the alkyl group in the alkyl group represented by Z 1 to Z 5 in the formula (P3) and the alkyl group having a phosphonic acid group include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the methyl group is preferred.
  • the number of phosphonic acid groups in the alkyl group having a phosphonic acid group represented by Z 1 to Z 5 is preferably one or two, and more preferably one.
  • the alkyl group having a phosphonic acid group represented by Z 1 to Z 5 is, for example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and having one or two phosphonic acid groups.
  • Z 1 to Z 5 in the formula (P3) it is preferable that all of Z 1 to Z 4 and n Z 5 are the above-mentioned alkyl groups having a phosphonic acid group.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (P3) include diethylenetriaminepenta (methylenephosphonic acid) (DEPPO), diethylenetriaminepenta (ethylenephosphonic acid), triethylenetetraminehexa (methylenephosphonic acid), and triethylenetetraminehexa (ethylenephosphonic acid). ) Is preferable.
  • the polyphosphonic acid used in the washing liquid includes not only the compound represented by the above formula (P1), the compound represented by the formula (P2), and the compound represented by the formula (P3), but also International Publication No. 2018 /.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs [0026] to [0036] of the specification of 020878 and the compounds ((co) polymers) described in paragraphs [0031] to [0046] of International Publication No. 2018/030006 can be incorporated. , These contents are incorporated herein.
  • the number of phosphonic acid groups contained in the phosphonic acid is preferably 2 to 5, more preferably 2 to 4, and even more preferably 2 or 3.
  • the carbon number of the phosphonic acid is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 8 or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and 1 or more is preferable.
  • the phosphonic acid the compounds listed as suitable specific examples in each of the above-mentioned compound represented by the formula (P1), the compound represented by the formula (P2), and the compound represented by the formula (P3) are preferable. , HEDP is more preferred.
  • the content of phosphonic acid in the washing liquid is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the washing liquid.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • a carboxylic acid is preferable, an aliphatic carboxylic acid is more preferable, and adipic acid is further preferable.
  • the organic acid preferably has a low molecular weight. Specifically, the molecular weight of the organic acid is preferably 600 or less, more preferably 450 or less, still more preferably 300 or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but 85 or more is preferable.
  • the carbon number of the organic acid is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and even more preferably 8 or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but 2 or more is preferable.
  • the organic acid may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the cleaning liquid preferably contains two or more kinds of organic acids in that it is excellent in cleaning performance (particularly, cleaning performance for a semiconductor substrate containing W).
  • the content of the organic acid in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • the cleaning liquid may contain a reducing agent.
  • the reducing agent is a compound having an oxidizing action and having a function of oxidizing OH- ions or dissolved oxygen contained in the cleaning liquid, and is also called a deoxidizing agent.
  • the cleaning liquid preferably contains a reducing agent because it is more excellent in the corrosion prevention performance of the cleaning liquid.
  • the reducing agent used in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include ascorbic acid compounds, catechol compounds, hydroxylamine compounds, hydrazide compounds, and reducing sulfur compounds.
  • the ascorbic acid compound means at least one selected from the group consisting of ascorbic acid, ascorbic acid derivatives, and salts thereof.
  • the ascorbic acid derivative include ascorbic acid phosphate ester and ascorbic acid sulfate ester.
  • As the ascorbic acid compound ascorbic acid, ascorbic acid phosphate ester, or ascorbic acid sulfate ester is preferable, and ascorbic acid is more preferable.
  • the catechol compound means at least one selected from the group consisting of pyrocatechol (benzene-1,2-diol) and catechol derivatives.
  • the catechol derivative means a compound in which at least one substituent is substituted with pyrocatechol.
  • a substituent contained in the catechol derivative a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylic acid ester group, a sulfo group, a sulfonic acid ester group, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms), and Examples include an aryl group (preferably a phenyl group).
  • the carboxyl group and sulfo group of the catechol derivative as substituents may be salts with cations. Further, the alkyl group and the aryl group that the catechol derivative has as a substituent may further have a substituent.
  • Examples of the catechol compound include pyrocatechol, 4-tert-butylcatechol, pyrogallol, gallate, methyl gallate, 1,2,4-benzenetriol, and tyron.
  • -Hydroxylamine compound- Hydroxylamine compound means at least one selected from the group consisting of hydroxylamine (NH 2 OH), hydroxylamine derivatives, and salts thereof. Further, the hydroxylamine derivative means a compound in which at least one organic group is substituted with hydroxylamine (NH 2 OH). Compounds different from alkanolamines are preferred.
  • the salt of the hydroxylamine or the hydroxylamine derivative may be an inorganic acid salt or an organic acid salt of the hydroxylamine or the hydroxylamine derivative.
  • a salt with an inorganic acid in which at least one non-metal selected from the group consisting of Cl, S, N and P is bonded to hydrogen is preferable, and a salt salt and a sulfate are used. Salts or nitrates are more preferred.
  • Examples of the hydroxylamine compound include a compound represented by the following formula (3) or a salt thereof.
  • R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic group represented by R 5 and R 6, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. Further, it is preferable that at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an organic group (more preferably, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
  • an ethyl group or an n-propyl group is preferable, and an ethyl group is more preferable.
  • hydroxylamine compound examples include hydroxylamine, O-methylhydroxylamine, O-ethylhydroxylamine, N-methylhydroxylamine, N, N-dimethylhydroxylamine, N, O-dimethylhydroxylamine and N-ethylhydroxylamine.
  • DEHA N-diethylhydroxylamine
  • DEHA is more preferable.
  • the hydrazide compound means a compound in which the hydroxyl group of an acid is substituted with a hydrazino group (-NH-NH 2 ), and a derivative thereof (a compound in which at least one substituent is substituted with a hydrazino group).
  • the hydrazide compound may have two or more hydrazino groups. Examples of the hydrazide compound include carboxylic acid hydrazide and sulfonic acid hydrazide, and carbohydrazide (CHZ) is preferable.
  • the reducing sulfur compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound containing a sulfur atom and having a function as a reducing agent, and for example, mercaptosuccinic acid, dithiodiglycerol, bis (2,3-dihydroxypropylthio) ethylene, etc. 3- (2,3-Dihydroxypropylthio) -2-methyl-propyl sulfonate sodium, 1-thioglycerol, 3-mercapto-1-propanesulfonate sodium, 2-mercaptoethanol, thioglycolic acid, and 3-mercapto -1-Propanol can be mentioned.
  • mercapto compound a compound having an SH group
  • 1-thioglycerol, 3-mercapto-1-propanesulfonate sodium, 2-mercaptoethanol, 3-mercapto-1-propanol, or thioglycolic acid is more preferable.
  • 2-mercaptoethanol, 3-mercapto-1-propanol, or thioglycolic acid is more preferable.
  • an ascorbic acid compound or a hydroxylamine compound is preferable, and a hydroxylamine compound is more preferable.
  • the cleaning liquid preferably contains two or more kinds of reducing agents in that it is excellent in corrosion prevention performance (particularly, corrosion prevention performance for semiconductor substrates containing W).
  • the content of the reducing agent is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • these reducing agents commercially available ones may be used, or those synthesized according to a known method may be used.
  • the cleaning solution may contain a specific chelating agent.
  • the cleaning solution may contain a specific chelating agent whose coordination group has a nitrogen-containing group.
  • the specific chelating agent has two or more nitrogen-containing groups as coordination groups that coordinate with metal ions in one molecule. Examples of the nitrogen-containing group as a coordination group include an amino group.
  • Examples of the specific chelating agent include a compound having a biguanide group or a biguanide compound which is a salt thereof.
  • the number of biguanide groups contained in the biguanide compound is not particularly limited, and may have a plurality of biguanide groups.
  • Examples of the biguanide compound include the compounds described in paragraphs [0034] to [0055] of JP-A-2017-504190, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
  • Examples of the compound having a biguanide group include ethylene diviguanide, propylene diviguanide, tetramethylene diviguanide, pentamethylene diviguanide, hexamethylene diviguanide, heptamethylene diviguanide, octamethylene diviguanide, and 1,1'-hexamethylenebis ( 5- (p-chlorophenyl) biguanide) (chlorhexidine), 2- (benzyloxymethyl) pentane-1,5-bis (5-hexylbiguanide), 2- (phenylthiomethyl) pentane-1,5-bis (5) -Phenetyl biguanide), 3- (phenylthio) hexane-1,6-bis (5-hexylbiguanide), 3- (phenylthio) hexane-1,6-bis (5-cyclohexylbiguanide), 3- (benzylthio) hexane-
  • hydrochloride, acetate or gluconate is preferable, and gluconate is more preferable.
  • specific chelating agent chlorhexidine gluconate (CHG) is preferable.
  • the specific chelating agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the specific chelating agent in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid. More preferred.
  • the cleaning liquid preferably contains both a nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound and a specific chelating agent because it is excellent in cleaning performance (particularly, cleaning performance for a metal film containing W).
  • the cleaning solution contains both a nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound and a specific chelating agent
  • the mass ratio of the content of the specific chelating agent to the content of the nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound in the cleaning solution [content of the specific chelating agent / content of the specific chelating agent]
  • the value of the nitrogen chelate aromatic compound] is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 5.
  • the cleaning liquid may contain additives other than the above-mentioned components.
  • additives other than the above components include oxidizing agents, polymers, other pH adjusters, other anticorrosive agents, fluorine compounds, organic solvents and the like.
  • the cleaning liquid may contain an oxidizing agent in addition to the above components.
  • the oxidizing agent include periodic acid or a salt thereof, ammonium persulfate, potassium persulfate, hydrogen peroxide, ferric nitrate, diammonium cerium nitrate, iron sulfate, hypochlorite, ozone, and peracetic acid. Therefore, periodic acid or a salt thereof is preferable.
  • the oxidizing agent one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 20% by mass, still more preferably 5 to 15% by mass, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid. ..
  • the cleaning liquid may contain a polymer.
  • the polymer is a component different from each of the above components.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is preferably 500 or more, more preferably 1000 or more, still more preferably 2000 or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble polymer is preferably 1000 or more, more preferably 1500 or more, still more preferably 3000 or more.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble polymer is not limited, and is, for example, 1500,000 or less, preferably 120,000 or less, more preferably 1,000,000 or less, still more preferably 10,000 or less.
  • the "weight average molecular weight" in the present specification refers to the weight average molecular weight in terms of polyethylene glycol measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • the polymer preferably has a repeating unit having a carboxy group (such as a repeating unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid).
  • the content of the repeating unit having a carboxy group is preferably 30 to 100% by mass, more preferably 70 to 100% by mass, still more preferably 85 to 100% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer.
  • the polymer is also preferably a water-soluble polymer.
  • the "water-soluble polymer” is a compound in which two or more repeating units are linearly or reticulated via covalent bonds, and the mass dissolved in 100 g of water at 20 ° C. is 0.1 g or more. Intended for a compound.
  • water-soluble polymer examples include polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, polymaleic acid, polyvinyl sulfonic acid, polyallyl sulfonic acid, polystyrene sulfonic acid, and salts thereof; styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, and / or.
  • Polymers of monomers such as 4-methylstyrene and acid monomers such as (meth) acrylic acid and / or maleic acid, and salts thereof; benzenesulfonic acid and / or naphthalenesulfonic acid and the like.
  • the water-soluble polymer may be a homopolymer or a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing two or more kinds of monomers.
  • a monomer having a carboxyl group examples include a monomer having a sulfonic acid group, a monomer having a hydroxyl group, a monomer having a polyethylene oxide chain, and a simpler having an amino group.
  • examples thereof include a monomer selected from the group consisting of a monomer having a metric and a heterocycle. It is also preferable that the water-soluble polymer is substantially composed of only structural units derived from the monomers selected from the above group.
  • the fact that the polymer is substantially only the structural unit derived from the monomer selected from the above group means that, for example, the structural unit derived from the monomer selected from the above group with respect to the mass of the polymer is used.
  • the content of the above is preferably 95 to 100% by mass, more preferably 99 to 100% by mass.
  • the cleaning liquid contains a polymer
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.001% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and further preferably 5% by mass or less.
  • the polymer is appropriately adsorbed on the surface of the substrate and can contribute to the improvement of the corrosion prevention performance of the cleaning liquid, and the viscosity and / or the cleaning performance of the cleaning liquid is well balanced. Can be done.
  • the cleaning liquid may contain a polyhydroxy compound having a molecular weight of 500 or more.
  • the polyhydroxy compound is a component different from each of the above-mentioned components.
  • the polyhydroxy compound is an organic compound having two or more (for example, 2 to 200) alcoholic hydroxyl groups in one molecule.
  • the molecular weight of the polyhydroxy compound (weight average molecular weight when having a molecular weight distribution) is 500 or more, preferably 500 to 3000.
  • polyhydroxy compound examples include polyoxyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, and polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene glycol; mannitriose, cellotriose, gentianose, raffinose, meletitos, cellotetholose, and stachyose. Oligosaccharides; polysaccharides such as starch, glycogen, cellulose, xylose, chitin, and chitosan and their hydrolyzates.
  • polyoxyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, and polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene glycol
  • mannitriose cellotriose, gentianose, raffinose, meletitos, cellotetholose, and stachyose.
  • Oligosaccharides polysaccharides such as starch, glycogen, cellulose, xylose, chitin, and chitosan and their hydrolyz
  • Cyclodextrin is a kind of cyclic oligosaccharide having a cyclic structure in which a plurality of D-glucoses are bound by a glucosidic bond. Compounds to which 5 or more (for example, 6 to 8) glucose are bound are known. Examples of the cyclodextrin include ⁇ -cyclodextrin, ⁇ -cyclodextrin, and ⁇ -cyclodextrin, and among them, ⁇ -cyclodextrin is preferable.
  • the polyhydroxy compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass, and 0.1 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the cleaning liquid. % Is more preferable.
  • the cleaning liquid may contain a pH adjusting agent for adjusting and maintaining the pH of the cleaning liquid.
  • a pH adjuster include basic compounds and acidic compounds other than the above components.
  • Examples of the basic compound include a basic organic compound and a basic inorganic compound.
  • the basic organic compound is a basic organic compound different from the above-mentioned components.
  • Examples of the basic organic compound include amine oxides, nitros, nitroso, oximes, ketooximes, aldoximes, lactams, isocyanides, and ureas.
  • Examples of the basic inorganic compound include alkali metal hydroxides, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, and ammonia.
  • Examples of the alkali metal hydroxide include lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and cesium hydroxide.
  • Examples of the alkaline earth metal hydroxide include calcium hydroxide, strontium hydroxide, and barium hydroxide.
  • Examples of the acidic compound include inorganic acids.
  • Examples of the inorganic acid include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, sulfite, nitric acid, nitrite, phosphoric acid, boric acid, and hexafluorophosphate.
  • salts of inorganic acids may be used, and examples thereof include ammonium salts of inorganic acids, and more specifically, ammonium chloride, ammonium sulfate, ammonium sulfite, ammonium nitrate, ammonium nitrite, ammonium phosphate, and ammonium borate. , And ammonium hexafluoride phosphate.
  • As the inorganic acid phosphoric acid or phosphate is preferable, and phosphoric acid is more preferable.
  • a salt of the acidic compound may be used as long as it becomes an acid or an acid ion (anion) in an aqueous solution.
  • a commercially available compound may be used, or a compound appropriately synthesized by a known method may be used.
  • the pH adjuster one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the cleaning solution contains a pH adjuster, the content thereof is selected according to the type and amount of other components and the pH of the target cleaning solution, but is 0.01 to 3 with respect to the total mass of the cleaning solution.
  • the mass% is preferable, and 0.05 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
  • fluorine compound examples include the compounds described in paragraphs [0013] to [0015] of JP-A-2005-150236, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
  • Organic solvent any known organic solvent can be used, but hydrophilic organic solvents such as alcohol and ketone are preferable.
  • the organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the cleaning liquid may contain an organic acid having a chelating function and other chelating agents other than the specific chelating agent.
  • other chelating agents include inorganic acid-based chelating agents such as condensed phosphoric acid and salts thereof.
  • the condensed phosphoric acid and its salt include pyrophosphoric acid and its salt, metaphosphoric acid and its salt, tripolyphosphoric acid and its salt, and hexametaphosphoric acid and its salt.
  • the amount of other anticorrosive agent, other chelating agent, polymer, fluorine compound, and organic solvent used is not particularly limited and may be appropriately set as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.
  • the content of each of the above components in the washing solution is determined by a gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS) method or a liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS) method. , And a known method such as an ion-exchange chromatography (IC) method.
  • GC-MS gas chromatography-mass spectrometry
  • LC-MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
  • IC ion-exchange chromatography
  • the content (ion concentration) of metals (metal elements of Fe, Co, Na, K, Cu, Mg, Mn, Li, Al, Cr, Ni, Zn, Sn, and Ag) contained as impurities in the liquid. (Measured as) is preferably 5 mass ppm or less, and more preferably 1 mass ppm or less. Since it is assumed that a cleaning liquid having higher purity is required in the manufacture of the most advanced semiconductor element, the metal content thereof should be lower than 1 mass ppm, that is, the mass ppb order or less. It is particularly preferably 100 mass ppb or less, and most preferably less than 10 mass ppb. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but 0 is preferable.
  • distillation and purification treatment such as filtration using an ion exchange resin or a filter are performed at the stage of the raw material used in the production of the cleaning liquid or the stage after the production of the cleaning liquid.
  • a container for accommodating a raw material or a manufactured cleaning liquid a container with less elution of impurities, which will be described later, may be used.
  • the cleaning liquid may contain coarse particles, but the content thereof is preferably low.
  • the coarse particles mean particles having a diameter (particle size) of 0.4 ⁇ m or more when the shape of the particles is regarded as a sphere.
  • the content of coarse particles in the cleaning liquid is preferably 1000 or less per 1 mL of the cleaning liquid, and more preferably 500 or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but 0 is mentioned. Further, it is more preferable that the content of particles having a particle size of 0.4 ⁇ m or more measured by the following measuring method is not more than the detection limit value.
  • the coarse particles contained in the cleaning liquid include particles such as dust, dust, organic solids, and inorganic solids contained as impurities in the raw materials, and dust, dust, organic solids, and dust, dust, organic solids, which are brought in as contaminants during the preparation of the cleaning liquid. Particles such as inorganic solids that finally exist as particles without being dissolved in the cleaning solution fall under this category.
  • the content of coarse particles present in the cleaning liquid can be measured in the liquid phase by using a commercially available measuring device in a light scattering type liquid particle measuring method using a laser as a light source. Examples of the method for removing coarse particles include purification treatment such as filtering described later.
  • the cleaning liquid may be a kit in which the raw material is divided into a plurality of parts.
  • the cleaning liquid can be produced by a known method. Hereinafter, the method for producing the cleaning liquid will be described in detail.
  • the method for preparing the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, and for example, the cleaning liquid can be produced by mixing the above-mentioned components.
  • the order and / or timing of mixing each of the above-mentioned components is not particularly limited.
  • compound (1), an alkanolamine, and an optional component are sequentially added to a container containing purified pure water, and then stirred.
  • a method of preparing the mixture by adding a pH adjuster to adjust the pH of the mixed solution can be mentioned. Further, when water and each component are added to the container, they may be added all at once or divided into a plurality of times.
  • the stirring device and stirring method used for preparing the cleaning liquid are not particularly limited, and a known device as a stirring machine or a disperser may be used.
  • the stirrer include an industrial mixer, a portable stirrer, a mechanical stirrer, and a magnetic stirrer.
  • Dispersers include, for example, industrial dispersers, homogenizers, ultrasonic dispersers, and bead mills.
  • the mixing of each component in the liquid preparation step of the cleaning liquid, the purification treatment described later, and the storage of the produced cleaning liquid are preferably performed at 40 ° C. or lower, more preferably 30 ° C. or lower. Further, 5 ° C. or higher is preferable, and 10 ° C. or higher is more preferable.
  • Refining process It is preferable to perform a purification treatment in advance on any one or more of the raw materials for preparing the cleaning liquid.
  • the purification treatment include known methods such as distillation, ion exchange, and filtration.
  • the degree of purification is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to purify until the purity of the raw material is 99% by mass or more, and it is more preferable to purify until the purity of the stock solution is 99.9% by mass or more.
  • Specific methods of the purification treatment include, for example, a method of passing a raw material through an ion exchange resin or an RO membrane (Reverse Osmosis Membrane), distillation of the raw material, and filtering described later.
  • a plurality of the above-mentioned purification methods may be combined and carried out.
  • the raw material is subjected to primary purification by passing it through an RO membrane, and then passed through a purification device made of a cation exchange resin, an anion exchange resin, or a mixed bed type ion exchange resin. May be.
  • the purification treatment may be carried out a plurality of times.
  • the filter used for filtering is not particularly limited as long as it is conventionally used for filtration purposes and the like.
  • fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and tetrafluoroethylene perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether copolymer (PFA), polyamide resins such as nylon, and polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density).
  • PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
  • PFA tetrafluoroethylene perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether copolymer
  • polyamide resins such as nylon
  • polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density).
  • At least one material selected from the group consisting of polyethylene, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene), fluororesin (including PTFE and PFA), and polyamide-based resin (including nylon) is preferable.
  • Fluororesin filters are more preferred.
  • the critical surface tension of the filter is preferably 70 to 95 mN / m, more preferably 75 to 85 mN / m.
  • the value of the critical surface tension of the filter is the nominal value of the manufacturer.
  • the pore diameter of the filter is preferably 2 to 20 nm, more preferably 2 to 15 nm. Within this range, it is possible to reliably remove fine foreign substances such as impurities and agglomerates contained in the raw material while suppressing filtration clogging.
  • the nominal value of the filter manufacturer can be referred to.
  • Filtering may be performed only once or twice or more. When filtering is performed twice or more, the filters used may be the same or different.
  • the filtering is preferably performed at room temperature (25 ° C.) or lower, more preferably 23 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 20 ° C. or lower. Further, 0 ° C. or higher is preferable, 5 ° C. or higher is more preferable, and 10 ° C. or higher is even more preferable.
  • the cleaning liquid (including the form of the kit or the diluted liquid described later) can be filled in any container and stored, transported, and used as long as corrosiveness is not a problem.
  • a container having a high degree of cleanliness inside the container and suppressing elution of impurities from the inner wall of the container's accommodating portion into each liquid is preferable for semiconductor applications.
  • examples of such containers include various containers commercially available as containers for semiconductor cleaning liquids, such as the "Clean Bottle” series manufactured by Aicello Chemical Corporation and the “Pure Bottle” manufactured by Kodama Resin Industry. However, it is not limited to these.
  • the wetted portion with each liquid such as the inner wall of the accommodating portion is formed of a fluororesin (perfluororesin) or a metal subjected to rust prevention and metal elution prevention treatment. The rusted container is preferred.
  • the inner wall of the container is made of at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, and polyethylene-polypropylene resin, or a resin different from this, or rustproofing of stainless steel, hasteroi, inconel, monel, and the like. It is preferably formed from a metal that has been subjected to a metal elution prevention treatment.
  • a fluororesin (perfluororesin) is preferable.
  • a container whose inner wall is a fluororesin by using a container whose inner wall is a fluororesin, a problem of elution of ethylene or propylene oligomer occurs as compared with a container whose inner wall is polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, or polyethylene-polypropylene resin. Can be suppressed.
  • Specific examples of such a container whose inner wall is a fluororesin include a FluoroPure PFA composite drum manufactured by Entegris.
  • quartz and an electropolished metal material are also preferably used for the inner wall of the container.
  • the metal material used for producing the electrolytically polished metal material contains at least one selected from the group consisting of chromium and nickel, and the total content of chromium and nickel is 25 mass with respect to the total mass of the metal material.
  • the metal material is preferably more than%, and examples thereof include stainless steel and nickel-chromium alloys.
  • the total content of chromium and nickel in the metal material is more preferably 30% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the metal material.
  • the upper limit of the total content of chromium and nickel in the metal material is not particularly limited, but is generally preferably 90% by mass or less.
  • the method for electrolytically polishing a metal material is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used.
  • a known method can be used.
  • the methods described in paragraphs [0011]-[0014] of JP-A-2015-227501 and paragraphs [0036]-[0042] of JP-A-2008-264929 can be used.
  • the inside of these containers is cleaned before filling with the cleaning liquid.
  • the liquid used for cleaning preferably has a reduced amount of metal impurities in the liquid.
  • the cleaning liquid may be bottling, transported and stored in a container such as a gallon bottle or a coated bottle after production.
  • the inside of the container may be replaced with an inert gas (nitrogen, argon, etc.) having a purity of 99.99995% by volume or more for the purpose of preventing changes in the components in the cleaning liquid during storage.
  • an inert gas nitrogen, argon, etc.
  • a gas having a low water content is preferable.
  • the temperature may be normal temperature, but in order to prevent deterioration, the temperature may be controlled in the range of ⁇ 20 ° C. to 20 ° C.
  • the clean room preferably meets the 14644-1 clean room standard. It is preferable to satisfy any one of ISO (International Organization for Standardization) class 1, ISO class 2, ISO class 3, and ISO class 4, more preferably to satisfy ISO class 1 or ISO class 2, and to satisfy ISO class 1. Is more preferable.
  • ISO International Organization for Standardization
  • ⁇ Dilution step> It is preferable that the above-mentioned cleaning liquid is used for cleaning the semiconductor substrate after undergoing a dilution step of diluting with a diluent such as water.
  • the dilution ratio of the cleaning liquid in the dilution step may be appropriately adjusted according to the type and content of each component, the semiconductor substrate to be cleaned, etc., but the ratio of the diluted cleaning liquid to the cleaning liquid before dilution is a volume ratio. It is preferably 10 to 10000 times, more preferably 20 to 3000 times, still more preferably 50 to 1000 times. Further, the cleaning liquid is preferably diluted with water because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the specific method of the dilution step of diluting the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, and may be performed according to the above-mentioned liquid preparation step of the cleaning liquid.
  • the stirring device and the stirring method used in the dilution step are also not particularly limited, and the known stirring device mentioned in the above-mentioned cleaning liquid preparation step may be used.
  • the purification treatment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an ion component reduction treatment using an ion exchange resin or an RO membrane and foreign matter removal using filtering described as the purification treatment for the cleaning liquid described above. It is preferable to perform the above processing.
  • the cleaning liquid is used in a cleaning process for cleaning a semiconductor substrate that has been subjected to chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) treatment.
  • CMP chemical mechanical polishing
  • the cleaning liquid can also be used for cleaning the semiconductor substrate in the semiconductor substrate manufacturing process.
  • a diluted cleaning solution obtained by diluting the cleaning solution may be used for cleaning the semiconductor substrate.
  • Examples of the object to be cleaned by the cleaning liquid include a semiconductor substrate having a metal-containing substance.
  • the term "on the semiconductor substrate” as used herein includes, for example, any of the front and back surfaces, the side surfaces, the inside of the groove, and the like of the semiconductor substrate.
  • the metal-containing material on the semiconductor substrate includes not only the case where the metal-containing material is directly on the surface of the semiconductor substrate but also the case where the metal-containing material is present on the semiconductor substrate via another layer.
  • the metal content on the semiconductor substrate preferably contains cobalt and tungsten. That is, a semiconductor substrate containing cobalt and tungsten is preferable.
  • the metal contained in the metal-containing substance is, for example, Cu (copper), Co (cobalt), W (tungsten), Ti (titanium), Ta (tantalum), Ru (ruthenium), Cr (chromium), Hf (hafnium). , Os (osmium), Pt (platinum), Ni (nickel), Mn (manganese), Zr (zirconium), Mo (molybdenum), La (lantern), and Ir (iridium). Seed metal M is mentioned.
  • the metal-containing substance may be a substance containing a metal (metal atom), and may be, for example, a simple substance of the metal M, an alloy containing the metal M, an oxide of the metal M, a nitride of the metal M, and an acid nitride of the metal M. Can be mentioned. Further, the metal-containing substance may be a mixture containing two or more of these compounds.
  • the oxide, the nitride, and the oxynitride may be a composite oxide, a composite nitride, and a composite oxynitride containing a metal.
  • the content of the metal atom in the metal-containing material is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, still more preferably 50% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the metal-containing material.
  • the upper limit is 100% by mass or less because the metal-containing substance may be the metal itself.
  • the semiconductor substrate preferably has a metal M-containing material containing a metal M, and preferably has a metal-containing material containing at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cu, Co, W, Ti, Ta, and Ru. Is more preferable, and it is further preferable to have a metal-containing material containing at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cu, Co, Ti, Ta, Ru, and W.
  • the semiconductor substrate to be cleaned by the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a substrate having a metal wiring film, a barrier metal, and an insulating film on the surface of a wafer constituting the semiconductor substrate.
  • the wafer constituting the semiconductor substrate include a silicon (Si) wafer, a silicon carbide (SiC) wafer, a wafer made of a silicon-based material such as a resin-based wafer containing silicon (glass epoxy wafer), and gallium phosphorus (GaP).
  • Si silicon
  • SiC silicon carbide
  • GaP gallium phosphorus
  • Wafers, gallium arsenic (GaAs) wafers, and indium phosphorus (InP) wafers examples of the silicon wafer include an n-type silicon wafer in which a silicon wafer is doped with a pentavalent atom (for example, phosphorus (P), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), etc.), and a silicon wafer having a trivalent atom (for example,).
  • the silicon of the silicon wafer may be, for example, amorphous silicon, single crystal silicon, polycrystalline silicon, or polysilicon.
  • the cleaning liquid is useful for wafers made of silicon-based materials such as silicon wafers, silicon carbide wafers, and resin-based wafers (glass epoxy wafers) containing silicon.
  • the semiconductor substrate may have an insulating film on the above-mentioned wafer.
  • the insulating film include a silicon oxide film (for example, a silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ) film, a tetraethyl orthosilicate (Si (OC 2 H 5 ) 4 ) film (TEOS film), etc.), and a silicon nitride film (for example, a silicon nitride film).
  • low-k low dielectric constant
  • low-k low-k film
  • the metal film contained in the semiconductor substrate is a metal film containing at least one metal selected from the group consisting of copper (Cu), cobalt (Co), and tungsten (W), for example, a film containing copper as a main component.
  • Cu copper
  • Co cobalt
  • W tungsten
  • Examples thereof include a metal film composed of a containing alloy.
  • the semiconductor substrate preferably has Co and W. That is, it is particularly preferable that the semiconductor substrate has at least a metal-containing substance containing Co (preferably a cobalt-containing film) and a metal-containing substance containing W (preferably a tungsten-containing film).
  • the copper-containing film examples include a wiring film made of only metallic copper (copper wiring film) and a wiring film made of an alloy of metallic copper and another metal (copper alloy wiring film).
  • Specific examples of the copper alloy wiring film include one or more metals selected from aluminum (Al), titanium (Ti), chromium (Cr), manganese (Mn), tantalum (Ta), and tungsten (W).
  • An example is a wiring film made of an alloy made of copper. More specifically, copper-aluminum alloy wiring film (CuAl alloy wiring film), copper-titanium alloy wiring film (CuTi alloy wiring film), copper-chrome alloy wiring film (CuCr alloy wiring film), copper-manganese alloy wiring. Examples thereof include a film (CuMn alloy wiring film), a copper-tantal alloy wiring film (CuTa alloy wiring film), and a copper-tungsten alloy wiring film (CuW alloy wiring film).
  • cobalt-containing film examples include a metal film made of only metallic cobalt (cobalt metal film) and a metal film made of an alloy of metallic cobalt and other metals (cobalt alloy metal).
  • cobalt alloy metal examples include titanium (Ti), chromium (Cr), iron (Fe), nickel (Ni), molybdenum (Mo), palladium (Pd), tantalum (Ta), and tungsten (W).
  • cobalt alloy metal film examples include titanium (Ti), chromium (Cr), iron (Fe), nickel (Ni), molybdenum (Mo), palladium (Pd), tantalum (Ta), and tungsten (W).
  • Examples thereof include a metal film made of an alloy composed of at least one metal and cobalt selected from the group consisting of.
  • cobalt-titanium alloy metal film (CoTi alloy metal film), cobalt-chromium alloy metal film (CoCr alloy metal film), cobalt-iron alloy metal film (CoFe alloy metal film), cobalt-nickel alloy metal.
  • Film CoNi alloy metal film
  • cobalt-molybdenum alloy metal film (CoMo alloy metal film)
  • cobalt-palladium alloy metal film (CoPd alloy metal film)
  • cobalt-tantal alloy metal film CoTa alloy metal film
  • cobalt- Examples thereof include a tungsten alloy metal film (CoW alloy metal film).
  • the cleaning solution is useful for substrates having a cobalt-containing film.
  • cobalt metal films are often used as wiring films, and cobalt alloy metal films are often used as barrier metals.
  • the cleaning liquid has at least a copper-containing wiring film and a metal film (cobalt barrier metal) which is composed of only metallic cobalt and is a barrier metal of the copper-containing wiring film on the upper part of the wafer constituting the semiconductor substrate. It may be preferable to use it for cleaning a substrate in which a copper-containing wiring film and a cobalt barrier metal are in contact with each other on the surface of the substrate.
  • a metal film cobalt barrier metal
  • tungsten-containing film examples include a metal film made of only tungsten (tungsten metal film) and a metal film made of an alloy of tungsten and other metals (tungsten alloy metal film).
  • tungsten alloy metal film examples include a tungsten-titanium alloy metal film (WTi alloy metal film), a tungsten-cobalt alloy metal film (WCo alloy metal film), and the like. Tungsten-containing films are often used as barrier metals in general.
  • the method for forming the insulating film, the copper-containing wiring film, the cobalt-containing film, and the tungsten-containing film on the wafer constituting the semiconductor substrate is not particularly limited as long as it is a method usually performed in this field.
  • a method for forming the insulating film for example, a silicon oxide film is formed by heat-treating a wafer constituting a semiconductor substrate in the presence of oxygen gas, and then silane and ammonia gas are introduced to form a chemical vapor deposition. Examples thereof include a method of forming a silicon nitride film by a vapor deposition (CVD) method.
  • a method for forming a copper-containing wiring film, a cobalt-containing film, and a tungsten-containing film for example, a circuit is formed on a wafer having the above-mentioned insulating film by a known method such as a resist, and then plating and a CVD method or the like are used.
  • a method for forming a copper-containing wiring film, a cobalt-containing film, and a tungsten-containing film can be mentioned.
  • the CMP treatment is, for example, a treatment for flattening the surface of a substrate having a metal wiring film, a barrier metal, and an insulating film by a combined action of chemical action using a polishing slurry containing polishing fine particles (abrasive grains) and mechanical polishing.
  • abrasive grains for example, silica and alumina
  • a polished metal wiring film for example, a polished metal wiring film, and metal impurities (metal residues) derived from the barrier metal are present. Impurities may remain.
  • the semiconductor substrate subjected to the CMP treatment is used for cleaning treatment for removing these impurities from the surface. Served.
  • Specific examples of the semiconductor substrate subjected to the CMP treatment include the Journal of Precision Engineering Vol. 84, No. 3.
  • the substrate subjected to the CMP treatment according to 2018 is mentioned, but is not limited thereto.
  • the method for cleaning the semiconductor substrate is not particularly limited as long as it includes a cleaning step of cleaning the semiconductor substrate subjected to the CMP treatment using the above-mentioned cleaning liquid. It is preferable that the method for cleaning the semiconductor substrate includes a step of applying the diluted cleaning liquid obtained in the above dilution step to the semiconductor substrate subjected to the CMP treatment for cleaning.
  • the cleaning step of cleaning the semiconductor substrate with the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited as long as it is a known method performed on the semiconductor substrate treated with CMP, and the cleaning member such as a brush is used as a semiconductor while supplying the cleaning liquid to the semiconductor substrate.
  • Brush scrub cleaning that physically contacts the surface of the substrate to remove residues, immersion type that immerses the semiconductor substrate in the cleaning liquid, spin (drop) type that drops the cleaning liquid while rotating the semiconductor substrate, and spraying the cleaning liquid.
  • a mode usually used in this field, such as a spraying method may be appropriately adopted.
  • the immersion type cleaning it is preferable to perform ultrasonic treatment on the cleaning liquid in which the semiconductor substrate is immersed because impurities remaining on the surface of the semiconductor substrate can be further reduced.
  • the cleaning step may be performed only once or twice or more. When washing twice or more, the same method may be repeated, or different methods may be combined.
  • the single-wafer method is generally a method of processing semiconductor substrates one by one
  • the batch method is a method of processing a plurality of semiconductor substrates at the same time.
  • the temperature of the cleaning liquid used for cleaning the semiconductor substrate is not particularly limited as long as it is a temperature usually used in this field. Generally, cleaning is performed at room temperature (25 ° C.), but the temperature can be arbitrarily selected in order to improve the cleaning property and suppress the damage resistance to the member.
  • the temperature of the cleaning liquid is preferably 10 to 60 ° C, more preferably 15 to 50 ° C.
  • the cleaning time in cleaning a semiconductor substrate cannot be unequivocally determined because it depends on the type and content of the components contained in the cleaning liquid, but practically, it is preferably 10 seconds to 2 minutes, preferably 20 seconds to 1 minute. 30 seconds is more preferable, and 30 seconds to 1 minute is even more preferable.
  • the supply amount (supply rate) of the cleaning liquid in the cleaning step of the semiconductor substrate is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50 to 5000 mL / min, more preferably 500 to 2000 mL / min.
  • a mechanical stirring method may be used in order to further enhance the cleaning ability of the cleaning liquid.
  • the mechanical stirring method include a method of circulating the cleaning liquid on the semiconductor substrate, a method of flowing or spraying the cleaning liquid on the semiconductor substrate, a method of stirring the cleaning liquid by ultrasonic waves or megasonic, and the like.
  • a step of rinsing the semiconductor substrate with a solvent to clean it (hereinafter referred to as "rinsing step") may be performed.
  • the rinsing step is continuously performed after the cleaning step of the semiconductor substrate, and is preferably a rinsing step using a rinsing solvent (rinsing solution) for 5 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • the rinsing step may be performed by using the above-mentioned mechanical stirring method.
  • rinsing solvent examples include water (preferably De Ionize water), methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, N-methylpyrrolidinone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl lactate, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. Can be mentioned. Further, an aqueous rinsing solution having a pH of more than 8 (diluted aqueous ammonium hydroxide or the like) may be used. As a method of contacting the rinsing solvent with the semiconductor substrate, the above-mentioned method of contacting the cleaning liquid with the semiconductor substrate can be similarly applied.
  • a drying step of drying the semiconductor substrate may be performed.
  • the drying method is not particularly limited, and is not particularly limited, for example, a spin drying method, a method of flowing a dry gas over a semiconductor substrate, a method of heating the substrate by a heating means such as a hot plate or an infrared lamp, a malangoni drying method, and rotagoni. Drying methods, IPA (isopropyl alcohol) drying methods, and any combination thereof can be mentioned.
  • the pH of the cleaning solution was measured at 25 ° C. using a pH meter (manufactured by HORIBA, Ltd., model “F-74”) in accordance with JIS Z8802-1984. Further, in the production of the cleaning liquids of Examples and Comparative Examples, the handling of the container, the preparation, filling, storage, and analysis measurement of the cleaning liquid were all performed in a clean room at a level satisfying ISO class 2 or less.
  • Glyceric acid ClogP value -1.92, Hansen solubility parameter ⁇ h27.5 (MPa) 0.5 , ⁇ d18.1 (MPa) 0.5 , ⁇ p13.4 (MPa) 0 .5 , manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.
  • AMPD 2-Amino-2-methylpropandiol
  • Tris hydroxymethylaminomethane
  • Azole compound 1 2,2'- ⁇ [(5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole-1-yl) methyl] imino ⁇ diethanol ⁇ 1,2,4-triazole: manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.
  • Additive ⁇ ⁇ Alkyl (EO) 3 phosphate ester Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.
  • Periodic acid Sigma-Aldrich Japan
  • Adipic acid Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • Kohaku acid Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • Histidin Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.
  • choline either potassium hydroxide (KOH), and sulfuric acid (H 2 SO 4), as well as, commercially available ultra pure water (Fuji Film Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was used.
  • KOH potassium hydroxide
  • H 2 SO 4 sulfuric acid
  • Example 1 a method for producing a cleaning liquid will be described by taking Example 1 as an example. After adding gluconic acid, AMP, and piperazine to ultrapure water in the amounts shown in Table 1, 2.3 mass of DBU is added so that the pH of the prepared cleaning solution becomes 11.0. % Was added. The cleaning liquid of Example 1 was obtained by sufficiently stirring the obtained mixed liquid with a stirrer.
  • the cleaning performance (residue removal performance) when the metal film subjected to chemical mechanical polishing was cleaned using the cleaning liquid produced by the above method was evaluated.
  • a wafer (8 inches in diameter) having a metal film made of copper, tungsten, or cobalt on the surface was polished using a FREX300S-II (polishing device, manufactured by Ebara Corporation).
  • Wafers having a metal film made of copper on the surface were polished using CSL9044C and BSL8176C (trade names, both manufactured by FUJIFILM Planar Solutions) as polishing liquids. As a result, variations in the cleaning performance evaluation due to the polishing liquid were suppressed.
  • a wafer having a metal film made of cobalt on the surface was polished using CSL5340C and CSL5250C (trade names, both manufactured by FUJIFILM Planar Solutions) as polishing liquids.
  • Wafers having a metal film made of tungsten on the surface were polished using only W-2000 (trade name, manufactured by Cabot Corporation).
  • the polishing pressure was 2.0 psi, and the supply rate of the polishing liquid was 0.28 mL / (minute ⁇ cm 2 ).
  • the polishing time was 60 seconds. Then, each of the polished wafers was washed over 30 seconds with each cleaning solution adjusted to room temperature (23 ° C.), and then dried.
  • the “Amount (%)” column indicates the content (unit: mass%) of each component with respect to the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
  • “* 1" in the "pH adjusting agent” column if necessary, choline, that one of H 2 SO 4 and KOH, pH of the cleaning solution to be prepared was added in an amount to a number of "pH” column Means. In Example 25, the pH was adjusted using choline.
  • the “remaining portion” in the “water” column means that water constitutes the rest of the cleaning liquid other than each component shown in Table 1.
  • the column of "number of COOH groups” indicates the number of carboxyl groups possessed by the compound (1), and the number of OH groups indicates the number of hydroxyl groups possessed by the compound (1).
  • the "OH group / COOH group” column shows the value of the ratio of the number of hydroxyl groups to the number of carboxyl groups [number of hydroxyl groups / number of carboxyl groups] of the compound (1).
  • the column “(A) / (B)” shows the value of the mass ratio of the content of the compound (1) to the content of the alkanolamine [content of compound (1) / content of alkanolamine].
  • the numerical value in the "pH” column indicates the pH of the cleaning solution measured by the above pH meter at 25 ° C.
  • the effect is more excellent when the content of the compound (1) is 0.5% by mass or more (preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more) with respect to the total mass of the cleaning liquid. (Comparison of Examples 4 to 7). It was confirmed that when the compound (1) was gluconic acid, the effect was more excellent (comparison of Examples 1 to 3). It was confirmed that the effect was more excellent when the value of the mass ratio of the content of the compound (1) to the content of the alkanolamine was 0.1 to 10 (comparison of Examples 1 and 4 to 9). It was confirmed that the cleaning liquid was more effective when it further contained a surfactant (comparison of Examples 4 and 26).

Abstract

The present invention provides a cleaning liquid for a semiconductor substrate that has been subjected to chemical mechanical polishing (CMP). The cleaning liquid exhibits excellent cleaning performance and excellent corrosion prevention performance against both tungsten and cobalt. The present invention also provides a method for cleaning a semiconductor substrate that has been subjected to CMP. This cleaning liquid is for a semiconductor substrate that has been subjected to chemical mechanical polishing. The cleaning liquid contains a compound represented by formula (1), an alkanolamine and water. The pH of the cleaning liquid at 25ºC is 9.0 or more.

Description

洗浄液、半導体基板の洗浄方法Cleaning liquid, cleaning method of semiconductor substrate
 本発明は、半導体基板用の洗浄液、及び半導体基板の洗浄方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a cleaning liquid for a semiconductor substrate and a method for cleaning the semiconductor substrate.
 半導体素子の製造において、金属配線膜、バリアメタル、及び絶縁膜等を有する基板表面を、研磨微粒子(例えば、シリカ、アルミナ等)を含む研磨スラリーを用いて平坦化する化学機械研磨(CMP:Chemical Mechanical Polishing)処理を行うことがある。CMP処理では、CMP処理で使用する研磨微粒子、研磨された配線金属膜、及び/又はバリアメタル等に由来する金属成分が、研磨後の半導体基板表面に残存しやすい。
 これらの残渣物は、配線間を短絡し、半導体の電気的な特性に影響を及ぼし得ることから、半導体基板の表面からこれらの残渣物を除去する洗浄工程が一般的に行われている。
In the manufacture of semiconductor elements, chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) is used to flatten the surface of a substrate having a metal wiring film, barrier metal, insulating film, etc. using a polishing slurry containing polishing fine particles (for example, silica, alumina, etc.). Mechanical Polishing) processing may be performed. In the CMP treatment, metal components derived from the polished fine particles used in the CMP treatment, the polished wiring metal film, and / or the barrier metal and the like tend to remain on the surface of the semiconductor substrate after polishing.
Since these residues can short-circuit the wiring and affect the electrical characteristics of the semiconductor, a cleaning step of removing these residues from the surface of the semiconductor substrate is generally performed.
 例えば、特許文献1には、カルボキシル基を少なくとも1個有する有機酸と、錯化剤とを含んで成る半導体基板表面の洗浄処理剤が記載されている。 For example, Patent Document 1 describes a cleaning agent for the surface of a semiconductor substrate, which comprises an organic acid having at least one carboxyl group and a complexing agent.
特開平10-072594号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 10-072594
 本発明者は、特許文献1等を参考にして、CMPが施された半導体基板用の洗浄液について検討したところ、CMPが施された半導体基板がタングステン及びコバルトを含む場合、洗浄性能、並びに、タングステン及び/又はコバルトに対する腐食防止性能の少なくとも一方が劣ることが分かった。
 つまり、CMPが施された、タングステン及びコバルトを含む半導体基板に対する洗浄液において、洗浄性能及び腐食防止性能の両立について、更に改善する余地があることを知見した。
The present inventor has examined a cleaning liquid for a semiconductor substrate to which CMP has been applied with reference to Patent Document 1 and the like. When the semiconductor substrate to which CMP has been applied contains tungsten and cobalt, the cleaning performance and tungsten have been investigated. And / or at least one of the corrosion protection against cobalt was found to be inferior.
That is, it was found that there is room for further improvement in both cleaning performance and corrosion prevention performance in the cleaning liquid for a semiconductor substrate containing tungsten and cobalt to which CMP has been applied.
 本発明は、CMPが施された半導体基板用の洗浄液であって、洗浄性能に優れ、かつ、タングステン及びコバルトの両方に対する腐食防止性能に優れた洗浄液を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、CMPが施された半導体基板の洗浄方法を提供することを課題とする。
An object of the present invention is to provide a cleaning liquid for a semiconductor substrate to which CMP has been applied, which has excellent cleaning performance and excellent corrosion prevention performance against both tungsten and cobalt.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a method for cleaning a semiconductor substrate to which CMP has been applied.
 本発明者は、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。 The present inventor has found that the above problem can be solved by the following configuration.
〔1〕
 化学機械研磨処理が施された半導体基板用の洗浄液であって、
 洗浄液が、後述する式(1)で表される化合物と、アルカノールアミンと、水とを含み、洗浄液の25℃におけるpH値が9.0以上である、洗浄液。
〔2〕
 式(1)で表される化合物のClogP値が、-3.50~-1.45である、〔1〕に記載の洗浄液。
〔3〕
 式(1)で表される化合物のハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項が31.0以下(MPa)0.5、分散項が17.0~18.0(MPa)0.5、及び双極子間項が13.0以下(MPa)0.5である、請求項1又は2に記載の洗浄液。
 〔4〕
 式(1)で表される化合物が有する、カルボキシル基の個数に対するヒドロキシル基の個数の比の値が、2以上である、〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれか1つに記載の洗浄液。
 〔5〕
 式(1)で表される化合物の含有量が、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.5質量%以上である、〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれか1つに記載の洗浄液。
 〔6〕
 式(1)で表される化合物が、グルコン酸である、〔1〕~〔5〕のいずれか1つに記載の洗浄液。
 〔7〕
 アルカノールアミンが、後述する式(a-1)で表される化合物である、〔1〕~〔6〕のいずれか1つに記載の洗浄液。
 〔8〕
 アルカノールアミンが、2-アミノ-2-メチル-1-プロパノール、2-アミノ-2-メチルプロパンジオ-ル、及びトリスヒドロキシメチルアミノメタンからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれか1つに記載の洗浄液。
 〔9〕
 アルカノールアミンの含有量に対する式(1)で表される化合物の含有量の質量比の値が、0.1~10である、〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれか1つに記載の洗浄液。
 〔10〕
 洗浄液が、アルカノールアミンとは異なる第2アミン化合物を更に含む、〔1〕~〔9〕のいずれか1つに記載の洗浄液。
 〔11〕
 洗浄液が、界面活性剤を更に含む、〔1〕~〔10〕のいずれか1つに記載の洗浄液。
 〔12〕
 〔1〕~〔11〕のいずれか1つに記載の洗浄液を用いて、化学機械研磨処理が施された半導体基板を洗浄する工程を含む、半導体基板の洗浄方法。
[1]
A cleaning liquid for semiconductor substrates that has been subjected to chemical mechanical polishing treatment.
A cleaning solution containing a compound represented by the formula (1) described later, an alkanolamine, and water, and having a pH value of the cleaning solution at 25 ° C. of 9.0 or more.
[2]
The cleaning solution according to [1], wherein the ClogP value of the compound represented by the formula (1) is -3.50 to -1.45.
[3]
The Hansen solubility parameter of the compound represented by the formula (1) has a hydrogen bond term of 31.0 or less (MPa) 0.5 , a dispersion term of 17.0 to 18.0 (MPa) 0.5 , and between dipoles. The cleaning solution according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the item is 13.0 or less (MPa) 0.5.
[4]
The cleaning solution according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the value of the ratio of the number of hydroxyl groups to the number of carboxyl groups of the compound represented by the formula (1) is 2 or more.
[5]
The cleaning solution according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the content of the compound represented by the formula (1) is 0.5% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the cleaning solution.
[6]
The cleaning solution according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the compound represented by the formula (1) is gluconic acid.
[7]
The cleaning solution according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the alkanolamine is a compound represented by the formula (a-1) described later.
[8]
The alkanolamine comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of 2-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol, 2-amino-2-methylpropanediol, and trishydroxymethylaminomethane [1]. The cleaning solution according to any one of [7].
[9]
The cleaning solution according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the value of the mass ratio of the content of the compound represented by the formula (1) to the content of alkanolamine is 0.1 to 10.
[10]
The cleaning solution according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the cleaning solution further contains a second amine compound different from the alkanolamine.
[11]
The cleaning solution according to any one of [1] to [10], wherein the cleaning solution further contains a surfactant.
[12]
A method for cleaning a semiconductor substrate, which comprises a step of cleaning the semiconductor substrate subjected to chemical mechanical polishing treatment using the cleaning liquid according to any one of [1] to [11].
 本発明によれば、CMPが施された半導体基板用の洗浄液であって、洗浄性能に優れ、かつ、タングステン及びコバルトに対する腐食防止性能に優れた洗浄液を提供できる。
 また、本発明によれば、CMPが施された半導体基板の洗浄方法を提供できる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a cleaning liquid for a semiconductor substrate to which CMP has been applied, which has excellent cleaning performance and excellent corrosion prevention performance against tungsten and cobalt.
Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for cleaning a semiconductor substrate to which CMP has been applied.
 以下に、本発明を実施するための形態の一例を説明する。
 本明細書において、「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
Hereinafter, an example of a mode for carrying out the present invention will be described.
In the present specification, the numerical range represented by using "-" means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
 本明細書において、ある成分が2種以上存在する場合、その成分の「含有量」は、それら2種以上の成分の合計含有量を意味する。
 本明細書において、「ppm」は「parts-per-million(10-6)」を意味し、「ppb」は「parts-per-billion(10-9)」を意味する。
 本明細書に記載の化合物において、特に制限されない場合は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)、光学異性体、及び同位体が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体及び同位体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。
In the present specification, when a certain component is present in two or more kinds, the "content" of the component means the total content of the two or more kinds of components.
As used herein, "ppm" means "parts-per-million ( 10-6 )" and "ppb" means "parts-per-billion ( 10-9 )".
The compounds described herein may contain isomers (compounds having the same number of atoms but different structures), optical isomers, and isotopes, if not particularly limited. Further, only one kind of isomer and isotope may be contained, or a plurality of kinds may be contained.
 本明細書において、ClogP値とは、1-オクタノールと水への分配係数Pの常用対数logPを計算によって求めた値である。ClogP値の計算に用いる方法及びソフトウェアについては公知の物を使用できるが、特に断らない限り、本発明ではCambridgesoft社のChemBioDrawUltra12.0に組み込まれたClogPプログラムを用いる。
 本明細書において、psiとは、pound-force per square inch;重量ポンド毎平方インチを意図し、1psi=6894.76Paを意味する。
In the present specification, the LogP value is a value obtained by calculation of the common logarithm logP of 1-octanol and the partition coefficient P to water. Known methods and software can be used for calculating the ClogP value, but unless otherwise specified, the ClogP program incorporated in ChemBioDrowUltra12.0 of Cambridgebest is used in the present invention.
As used herein, psi is intended for pound-force per squaree inch; 1 psi = 6894.76 Pa, intended for pound-force per square inch.
 本発明の洗浄液(以下、単に「洗浄液」とも記載する。)は、化学機械研磨(CMP)処理が施された半導体基板用の洗浄液であって、後述する式(1)で表される化合物と、アルカノールアミンと、水とを含む洗浄液であり、洗浄液の25℃におけるpH値が9.0以上である。 The cleaning liquid of the present invention (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “cleaning liquid”) is a cleaning liquid for a semiconductor substrate subjected to chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) treatment, and is a compound represented by the formula (1) described later. , A cleaning solution containing alkanolamine and water, and the pH value of the cleaning solution at 25 ° C. is 9.0 or more.
 本発明者は、タングステン及びコバルトを含む半導体基板に対してCMPが施された後の洗浄工程にこの洗浄液を使用することにより、洗浄性能、並びに、タングステン及びコバルトに対する腐食防止性能が向上することを知見し、本発明を完成させた。 The present inventor has determined that by using this cleaning liquid in the cleaning step after CMP is applied to a semiconductor substrate containing tungsten and cobalt, the cleaning performance and the corrosion prevention performance for tungsten and cobalt are improved. We found out and completed the present invention.
 このような洗浄液により本発明の効果が得られる詳細なメカニズムは不明であるが、本発明は以下のように推測している。
 式(1)で表される化合物が有するカルボキシル基、及び、アルカノールアミンが有するアミノ基等の官能基が、CMPが施された後の半導体基板表面に付着又は吸着した金属粒子等に対して、錯形成等の相互作用が起き金属粒子等の分散性が向上することによって、高い洗浄性能が得られると考えられる。また、pHを9.0以上にすることで、コバルトの腐食を防止し、一方で、式(1)で表される化合物が相互作用によりタングステンに表面に保護被膜を形成し、タングステンの腐食を防止することで、コバルト及びタングステンの両方の腐食防止性能に優れると推測している。
Although the detailed mechanism by which the effect of the present invention is obtained by such a cleaning solution is unknown, the present invention is presumed as follows.
The carboxyl group of the compound represented by the formula (1) and the functional group such as the amino group of the alkanolamine adhere to or adsorbed on the surface of the semiconductor substrate after CMP was applied to the metal particles and the like. It is considered that high cleaning performance can be obtained by causing interactions such as complex formation and improving the dispersibility of metal particles and the like. Further, by setting the pH to 9.0 or higher, corrosion of cobalt is prevented, while the compound represented by the formula (1) interacts to form a protective film on the surface of tungsten to prevent corrosion of tungsten. It is presumed that by preventing it, the corrosion prevention performance of both cobalt and tungsten is excellent.
[洗浄液]
 本発明の洗浄液は、下記式(1)で表される化合物と、アルカノールアミンと、水とを含み、洗浄液の25℃におけるpH値が9.0以上である。
 以下、洗浄液に含まれる各成分について、説明する。
[Cleaning liquid]
The cleaning solution of the present invention contains a compound represented by the following formula (1), alkanolamine, and water, and the pH value of the cleaning solution at 25 ° C. is 9.0 or more.
Hereinafter, each component contained in the cleaning liquid will be described.
〔式(1)で表される化合物〕
 洗浄液は、式(1)で表される化合物(以下「化合物(1)」とも記載する。)を含む。
[Compound represented by the formula (1)]
The cleaning liquid contains a compound represented by the formula (1) (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (1)”).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 式(1)中、Ra1は水素原子、又は、ヒドロキシル基及びカルボキシル基からなる群から選択される基を有していてもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
 Ra1としては、ヒドロキシル基及びカルボキシル基からなる群から選択される基を有していてもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基が好ましく、ヒドロキシル基及びカルボキシル基からなる群から選択される基を有していてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキル基がより好ましい。また。Ra1としては、ヒドロキシル基を有する炭素数1~6のアルキル基が好ましく、ヒドロキシル基を有する炭素数1~3のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 Ra1で表されるアルキル基は、ヒドロキシル基及びカルボキシル基からなる群から選択される基を有していてもよい。上記アルキル基は、ヒドロキシル基及びカルボキシル基の両方を有していてもよい。
 また、上記アルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であってもよい。上記アルキル基は、ヒドロキシル基及びカルボキシル基以外の置換基を更に有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子及びアミノ基が挙げられる。
 上記アルキル基が有するヒドロキシル基の個数は、1~10個が好ましく、1~5個がより好ましく、2~4個が更に好ましい。
 上記アルキル基が有するカルボキシル基の個数は、1~5個が好ましく、1~3個がより好ましく、1~2個が更に好ましい。
 化合物(1)は、無機塩又は有機塩であってもよく、塩を形成しないことが好ましい。
In formula (1), Ra1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group.
As Ra1 , an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group is preferable, and a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group is preferable. Alkyl groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be possessed are more preferable. Also. As Ra1 , an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group and having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group and having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The alkyl group represented by Ra1 may have a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group. The alkyl group may have both a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group.
Further, the alkyl group may be linear or branched. The alkyl group may further have a substituent other than the hydroxyl group and the carboxyl group. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and an amino group.
The number of hydroxyl groups contained in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 2 to 4.
The number of carboxyl groups contained in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 to 2.
The compound (1) may be an inorganic salt or an organic salt, and preferably does not form a salt.
<ハンセン溶解度パラメータ>
 洗浄液の洗浄性能、及び、腐食防止性能のいずれか一方が少なくとも優れる点(以下、単に「本発明の効果がより優れる点」ともいう。)で、化合物(1)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項(以下「δh」とも記載する。)が31.0以下(MPa)0.5、分散項(以下「δd」とも記載する。)が17.0~18.0(MPa)0.5、及び双極子間項(以下「δp」とも記載する。)が13.0以下(MPa)0.5であることが好ましい。
<Hansen solubility parameter>
The hydrogen bond term of the Hansen solubility parameter of compound (1) is that at least one of the cleaning performance and the corrosion prevention performance of the cleaning liquid is excellent (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “the effect of the present invention is more excellent”). (Hereinafter also referred to as “δh”) is 31.0 or less (MPa) 0.5 , and the dispersion term (hereinafter also referred to as “δd”) is 17.0 to 18.0 (MPa) 0.5 . It is preferable that the bipolar term (hereinafter, also referred to as “δp”) is 13.0 or less (MPa) 0.5.
 ハンセン溶解度パラメータとは、「Hansen Solubility Parameters:A Users Handbook, Second Edition」(第1-310頁,CRC Press,2007年発行)等に記載されたハンセン溶解度パラメータを意味する。すなわち、ハンセン溶解度パラメータは、溶解性を多次元のベクトル(δh、δd、及びδp)で表し、これらの3つのパラメータは、ハンセン空間と呼ばれる三次元空間における点の座標と考えることができる。
 化合物(1)のハンセン溶解度パラメータのδh、δd、及びδpは、例えば、HsPIP(Hansen Solubility Parameters in Practice)を用いて計算できる。
The Hansen solubility parameter means the Hansen solubility parameter described in "Hansen Solubility Parameter: A Users Handbook, Second Edition" (page 1-310, CRC Press, 2007) and the like. That is, the Hansen solubility parameter represents solubility as a multidimensional vector (δh, δd, and δp), and these three parameters can be considered as the coordinates of points in a three-dimensional space called Hansen space.
The Hansen solubility parameters δh, δd, and δp of compound (1) can be calculated using, for example, HsPIP (Hansen Solubility Parameters in Practice).
<ClogP値>
 化合物(1)のClogP値は、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、-3.50~-1.45が好ましく、-3.20~-2.00がより好ましい。
<LogP value>
The ClogP value of compound (1) is preferably -3.50 to -1.45, more preferably -3.20 to -2.00, in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
<カルボキシル基の個数に対するヒドロキシル基の個数>
 化合物(1)が有する、カルボキシル基の個数に対するヒドロキシル基の個数の比〔ヒドロキシル基の個数/カルボキシル基の個数〕の値は、2以上が好ましく、3以上がより好ましく、5以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、10以下が好ましく、8以下がより好ましく、6以下が更に好ましい。
<Number of hydroxyl groups relative to the number of carboxyl groups>
The value of the ratio of the number of hydroxyl groups to the number of carboxyl groups [number of hydroxyl groups / number of carboxyl groups] of the compound (1) is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but 10 or less is preferable, 8 or less is more preferable, and 6 or less is further preferable.
 化合物(1)が有するヒドロキシル基の個数は、2個以上であれば特に制限されず、3個以上であってもよい。上限は特に制限されないが、10個以下が好ましく、8個以下がより好ましく、5個以下が更に好ましい。なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、ヒドロキシル基の個数は、1~5個が好ましく、2~5個がより好ましく、3~5個が更に好ましい。
 化合物(1)が有するカルボキシル基の個数は、1個以上であれば特に制限されず、2個以上であってもよい。上限は特に制限されないが、10個以下が好ましく、5個以下がより好ましい。なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、カルボキシル基の個数は、1個が好ましい。
The number of hydroxyl groups contained in the compound (1) is not particularly limited as long as it is 2 or more, and may be 3 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but 10 or less is preferable, 8 or less is more preferable, and 5 or less is further preferable. Among them, the number of hydroxyl groups is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 2 to 5, and even more preferably 3 to 5, in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
The number of carboxyl groups contained in the compound (1) is not particularly limited as long as it is 1 or more, and may be 2 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but 10 or less is preferable, and 5 or less is more preferable. Among them, the number of carboxyl groups is preferably one because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
 化合物(1)としては、例えば、グルコン酸、ムチン酸、グリセリン酸、及びヘプトン酸が挙げられる。なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、化合物(1)としては、グルコン酸、ムチン酸、及びグリセリン酸からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種が好ましく、グルコン酸又はムチン酸がより好ましく、グルコン酸が更に好ましい。 Examples of the compound (1) include gluconic acid, mucinic acid, glyceric acid, and heptonic acid. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of gluconic acid, mucinic acid, and glyceric acid is preferable as the compound (1), and gluconic acid or mucinic acid is more preferable, because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. , Gluconic acid is more preferred.
 化合物(1)としては、光学異性体を用いてもよい。また、光学異性体は1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。1種の光学異性体を主に用いる場合、その光学純度は90%以上が好ましく、95%以上がより好ましい。 As the compound (1), an optical isomer may be used. Further, one type of optical isomer may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. When one kind of optical isomer is mainly used, the optical purity thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
 化合物(1)は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Compound (1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 洗浄液における化合物(1)の含有量は、特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.01質量%以上の場合が多く、0.1質量%以上が好ましく、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましく、3質量%以上が特に好ましく、4質量%以上が最も好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、10質量%以下が好ましく、8質量%以下がより好ましく、6質量%以下が更に好ましく、5質量%以下が特に好ましい。 The content of the compound (1) in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, but is often 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and 0.5% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the cleaning liquid. Is more preferable, 1% by mass or more is further preferable, 3% by mass or more is particularly preferable, and 4% by mass or more is most preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less, further preferably 6% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
〔アルカノールアミン〕
 洗浄液は、アルカノールアミンを含む。
 アルカノールアミンとは、分子内に1つ以上のアミノ基と、1つ以上のヒドロキシル基と、を有する脂肪族化合物を意味する。
 アルカノールアミンは、第1級~第3級アミノ基のいずれを有していてもよいが、第1級アミノ基を有することが好ましい。
[Alkanolamine]
The cleaning solution contains an alkanolamine.
The alkanolamine means an aliphatic compound having one or more amino groups and one or more hydroxyl groups in the molecule.
The alkanolamine may have any of a primary to tertiary amino group, but preferably has a primary amino group.
 アルカノールアミンとしては、例えば、式(a-1)で表される化合物が挙げられ、式(a-2)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Examples of the alkanolamine include a compound represented by the formula (a-1), and a compound represented by the formula (a-2) is preferable.
HO-La1-NH   (a-1) HO-L a1- NH 2 (a-1)
 式(a-1)中、La1は、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~14のアルキレン基を表す。
 La1で表されるアルキレン基としては、酸素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、酸素原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~6のアルキレン基がより好ましく、無置換の炭素数1~6のアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
 上記アルキレン基中の水素原子は、更に置換基で置換されていてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシル基、アルキル基、アミノ基、及びこれらの組合せが挙げられる。なかでも、ヒドロキシル基が好ましい。また、上記アルキレン基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であってもよい。
 La1で表されるアルキレン基が有するヒドロキシル基の個数は、1~10個が好ましく、1~5個がより好ましく、1~3個が更に好ましい。
 また、式(a-1)で表される化合物は、無機酸塩又は有機酸塩であってもよい。
In the formula (a-1), La1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a heteroatom.
As the alkylene group represented by La1 , an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have an oxygen atom is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have an oxygen atom is more preferable. Preferably, an unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The hydrogen atom in the alkylene group may be further substituted with a substituent. Substituents include hydroxyl groups, alkyl groups, amino groups, and combinations thereof. Of these, a hydroxyl group is preferable. Further, the alkylene group may be linear or branched.
The number of hydroxyl groups of the alkylene group represented by L a1 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, 1 to 3 is more preferred.
Further, the compound represented by the formula (a-1) may be an inorganic acid salt or an organic acid salt.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 式(a-2)中、La2は、単結合又はヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~6のアルキレン基を表す。なかでも、La2としては、単結合が好ましい。
 La2で表されるアルキレン基としては、酸素原子を有する炭素数1~6のアルキレン基が好ましく、ヒドロキシル基を有する炭素数1~6のアルキレン基がより好ましく、無置換の炭素数1~6のアルキレン基がより好ましい。アルキレン基中の水素原子は、更に置換基で置換されていてもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、ヒドロキシル基、アミノ基、及びこれらの組合せが挙げられる。また、上記アルキレン基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であってもよい。
In formula (a-2), La2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a heteroatom. Among them, a single bond is preferable as La2.
As the alkylene group represented by La2 , an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms having an oxygen atom is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms having a hydroxyl group is more preferable, and an unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable. The alkylene group of is more preferred. The hydrogen atom in the alkylene group may be further substituted with a substituent. Substituents include alkyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, and combinations thereof. Further, the alkylene group may be linear or branched.
 Ra2~Ra5は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~2のアルキル基を表す。なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、Ra2及びRa3としては、水素原子が好ましい。また、Ra4及びRa5としては、メチル基が好ましい。
 Ra2~Ra5で表されるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシル基、アミノ基、及びハロゲン原子が挙げられる。なかでも、ヒドロキシル基が好ましい。
 Ra2~Ra5で表されるアルキル基としては、ヒドロキシル基を有していてもよいメチル基又はエチル基が好ましく、無置換のメチル基又はエチル基がより好ましい。
 また、式(a-2)で表される化合物は、無機酸塩又は有機酸塩であってもよい。
R a2 to R a5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Among them, a hydrogen atom is preferable as Ra2 and Ra3 in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. Further, as R a4 and R a5 , a methyl group is preferable.
The alkyl group represented by R a2 to R a5 may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Substituents include, for example, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, and halogen atoms. Of these, a hydroxyl group is preferable.
As the alkyl group represented by R a2 to R a5 , a methyl group or an ethyl group which may have a hydroxyl group is preferable, and an unsubstituted methyl group or an ethyl group is more preferable.
Further, the compound represented by the formula (a-2) may be an inorganic acid salt or an organic acid salt.
 アルカノールアミンとしては、例えば、2-アミノ-2-メチル-1-プロパノール(AMP)、トリスヒドロキシメチルアミノメタン(Tris)、2-アミノ-2-メチルプロパンジオ-ル(AMPD)、モノエタノールアミン(MEA)、ジエタノールアミン(DEA)、トリエタノールアミン(TEA)、ジエチレングリコールアミン(DEGA)、2-(メチルアミノ)-2-メチル-1-プロパノール(N-MAMP)、2-(アミノエトキシ)エタノール(AEE)、2-(2-アミノエチルアミノ)エタノール(AAE)、及び2-(2-アミノエトキシ)エタノールが挙げられる。
 なかでも、AMP、Tris、及びAMPDからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種が好ましく、AMP及びTrisからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種がより好ましく、AMPが更に好ましい。また、洗浄性能(特にWを含む金属膜に対する洗浄性能)に優れる点では、MEA、DEA、AEE、又はAAEが好ましい。
Examples of the alkanolamine include 2-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol (AMP), trishydroxymethylaminomethane (Tris), 2-amino-2-methylpropanediol (AMPD), and monoethanolamine (AMPD). MEA), Diethanolamine (DEA), Triethanolamine (TEA), Diethylene Glycolamine (DEGA), 2- (Methylamino) -2-Methyl-1-propanol (N-MAMP), 2- (Aminoethoxy) Ethanol (AEE) ), 2- (2-Aminoethylamino) ethanol (AAE), and 2- (2-aminoethoxy) ethanol.
Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of AMP, Tris, and AMPD is preferable, at least one selected from the group consisting of AMP and Tris is more preferable, and AMP is further preferable. Further, MEA, DEA, AEE, or AAE is preferable in terms of excellent cleaning performance (particularly cleaning performance for a metal film containing W).
 アルカノールアミンは、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 洗浄液におけるアルカノールアミンの含有量は、特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.1質量%以上が好ましく、0.2質量%以上がより好ましく、0.3質量%以上が更に好ましく、0.5質量%以上が特に好ましく、3質量%以上が最も好ましい。
One type of alkanolamine may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
The content of alkanolamine in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, further preferably 0.3% by mass or more, and 0.5% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the cleaning liquid. Is particularly preferable, and 3% by mass or more is most preferable.
 アルカノールアミンの含有量に対する化合物(1)の含有量の質量比〔化合物(1)の含有量/アルカノールアミンの含有量〕の値は、0.01~20が好ましく、0.1~10がより好ましく、0.3~5が更に好ましく、0.4~3が特に好ましく、0.4~1.5が最も好ましい。 The value of the mass ratio of the content of the compound (1) to the content of the alkanolamine [content of the compound (1) / content of the alkanolamine] is preferably 0.01 to 20, more preferably 0.1 to 10. It is preferable, 0.3 to 5 is more preferable, 0.4 to 3 is particularly preferable, and 0.4 to 1.5 is most preferable.
〔水〕
 洗浄液は、溶剤として水を含む。
 洗浄液に使用される水の種類は、半導体基板に悪影響を及ぼさないものであれば特に制限されず、蒸留水、脱イオン水、及び純水(超純水)が使用できる。不純物をほとんど含まず、半導体基板の製造工程における半導体基板への影響がより少ない点で、純水(超純水)が好ましい。
 洗浄液における水の含有量は、化合物(1)、アルカノールアミン、及び後述する任意成分の残部であればよい。水の含有量は、特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、1質量%以上が好ましく、30質量%以上がより好ましく、60質量%以上が更に好ましく、85質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、99質量%以下が好ましく、98質量%以下がより好ましい。
〔water〕
The cleaning liquid contains water as a solvent.
The type of water used for the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited as long as it does not adversely affect the semiconductor substrate, and distilled water, deionized water, and pure water (ultrapure water) can be used. Pure water (ultrapure water) is preferable because it contains almost no impurities and has less influence on the semiconductor substrate in the manufacturing process of the semiconductor substrate.
The water content in the cleaning solution may be the balance of compound (1), alkanolamine, and any component described later. The content of water is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 60% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 85% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 98% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
〔pH値〕
 本発明の洗浄液のpH値は、25℃において、9.0以上である。
 洗浄液のpH値は、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、25℃において、10.0以上が好ましく、11.0以上がより好ましい。また、洗浄液のpH値は、腐食防止性能(特にW又はCuを含む半導体基板に対する腐食防止性能)により優れる点で、25℃において、13.0以下が好ましく、12.0以下がより好ましく、11.5以下が更に好ましい。
 洗浄液のpH値は、後述するpH調整剤、並びに、化合物(1)、アルカノールアミン、第2アミン化合物、第4級アンモニウム化合物、防食剤、有機酸、及びアニオン性界面活性剤等のpH調整機能を有する成分を使用することにより、調整できる。
 なお、洗浄液のpH値は、公知のpHメーターを用いて、JIS Z8802-1984に準拠した方法により測定できる。
[PH value]
The pH value of the cleaning solution of the present invention is 9.0 or more at 25 ° C.
The pH value of the cleaning liquid is preferably 10.0 or more, more preferably 11.0 or more at 25 ° C. in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. Further, the pH value of the cleaning liquid is preferably 13.0 or less, more preferably 12.0 or less, and more preferably 12.0 or less at 25 ° C. in that it is excellent in corrosion prevention performance (particularly, corrosion prevention performance for semiconductor substrates containing W or Cu). It is more preferably 5.5 or less.
The pH value of the cleaning solution is determined by the pH adjusting agent described later, and the pH adjusting function of compound (1), alkanolamine, secondary amine compound, quaternary ammonium compound, anticorrosion agent, organic acid, anionic surfactant and the like. It can be adjusted by using a component having.
The pH value of the cleaning solution can be measured by a method based on JIS Z8802-1984 using a known pH meter.
〔任意成分〕
 洗浄液は、上述した成分以外に、他の任意成分を含んでいてもよい。任意成分としては、例えば、第2アミン化合物、界面活性剤、pH調整剤、防食剤、有機酸、還元剤、配位基が窒素含有基であるキレート剤(以下「特定キレート剤」とも記載する。)、及び各種添加剤が挙げられる。
[Arbitrary component]
The cleaning liquid may contain other optional components in addition to the above-mentioned components. As optional components, for example, a secondary amine compound, a surfactant, a pH adjuster, an anticorrosion agent, an organic acid, a reducing agent, and a chelating agent whose coordinating group is a nitrogen-containing group (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific chelating agent”). ), And various additives.
 洗浄液は、第2アミン化合物、界面活性剤、pH調整剤、防食剤、有機酸、及び重合体からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。
 任意成分は、1種を単独で用いても、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
The cleaning liquid preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a second amine compound, a surfactant, a pH adjuster, an anticorrosive agent, an organic acid, and a polymer.
As the optional component, one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
 以下、任意成分について説明する。 The optional components will be described below.
<第2アミン化合物>
 洗浄液は、第2アミン化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 第2アミン化合物とは、上述したアルカノールアミンと異なるアミン化合物である。第2アミン化合物としては、脂環式アミン化合物、脂肪族モノアミン化合物、脂肪族ポリアミン化合物、及びアミノ酸からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むアミン化合物が挙げられる。
 なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、脂環式アミン化合物、及びアミノ酸からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種が好ましい。
<Second amine compound>
The cleaning liquid may contain a second amine compound.
The second amine compound is an amine compound different from the above-mentioned alkanolamine. Examples of the second amine compound include an alicyclic amine compound, an aliphatic monoamine compound, an aliphatic polyamine compound, and an amine compound containing at least one selected from the group consisting of amino acids.
Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of an alicyclic amine compound and an amino acid is preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
(脂環式アミン化合物)
 脂環式アミン化合物は、環を構成する原子の少なくとも1つが窒素原子である非芳香性の複素環を有する化合物であれば、特に制限されない。
 脂環式アミン化合物としては、例えば、ピペラジン化合物、及び環状アミジン化合物が挙げられる。
(Alicyclic amine compound)
The alicyclic amine compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a non-aromatic heterocycle in which at least one of the atoms constituting the ring is a nitrogen atom.
Examples of the alicyclic amine compound include a piperazine compound and a cyclic amidine compound.
-ピペラジン化合物-
 ピペラジン化合物は、シクロヘキサン環の対向する-CH-基が窒素原子に置き換わったヘテロ6員環(ピペラジン環)を有する化合物である。
 ピペラジン化合物は、ピペラジン環上に置換基を有してもよい。そのような置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシル基、ヒドロキシル基を有していてもよい炭素数1~4のアルキル基、及び炭素数6~10のアリール基が挙げられる。
-Piperazine compound-
The piperazine compound is a compound having a hetero 6-membered ring (piperazine ring) in which the opposite -CH- group of the cyclohexane ring is replaced with a nitrogen atom.
The piperazine compound may have a substituent on the piperazine ring. Examples of such a substituent include a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a hydroxyl group, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
 ピペラジン化合物としては、例えば、ピペラジン、1-メチルピペラジン(NMPZ)、1-エチルピペラジン、1-プロピルピペラジン、1-ブチルピペラジン、2-メチルピペラジン、1,4-ジメチルピペラジン、2,5-ジメチルピペラジン、2,6-ジメチルピペラジン、1-フェニルピペラジン、2-ヒドロキシピペラジン、2-ヒドロキシメチルピペラジン、1-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)ピペラジン(HEP)、N-(2-アミノエチル)ピペラジン(AEP)、1,4-ビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)ピペラジン(BHEP)、1,4―ビス(2-アミノエチル)ピペラジン(BAEP)、及び1,4-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)ピペラジン(BAPP)が挙げられ、ピペラジン、NMPZ、HEP、AEP、BHEP、BAEP、又はBAPPが好ましく、ピペラジン又はNMPZがより好ましい。 Examples of the piperazine compound include piperazine, 1-methylpiperazine (NMPZ), 1-ethylpiperazine, 1-propylpiperazine, 1-butylpiperazine, 2-methylpiperazine, 1,4-dimethylpiperazine and 2,5-dimethylpiperazine. , 2,6-dimethylpiperazine, 1-phenylpiperazine, 2-hydroxypiperazine, 2-hydroxymethylpiperazine, 1- (2-hydroxyethyl) piperazine (HEP), N- (2-aminoethyl) piperazine (AEP), 1,4-Bis (2-hydroxyethyl) piperazine (BHEP), 1,4-bis (2-aminoethyl) piperazine (BAEP), and 1,4-bis (3-aminopropyl) piperazine (BAPP). Piperazine, NMPZ, HEP, AEP, BHEP, BAEP, or BAPP is preferable, and piperazine or NMPZ is more preferable.
 脂環式アミン化合物としては、上記以外に、例えば、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、及びイミダゾリジンチオン等の芳香族性を有さないヘテロ5員環を有する化合物、並びに窒素原子を含む7員環を有する化合物が挙げられる。 In addition to the above, the alicyclic amine compound includes, for example, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, a compound having a hetero5-membered ring having no aromaticity such as imidazolidinethione, and a nitrogen atom. Examples include compounds having a 7-membered ring.
-環状アミジン化合物-
 環状アミジン化合物は、環内にアミジン構造(>N-C=N-)を含むヘテロ環を有する化合物である。
 環状アミジン化合物が有する上記のヘテロ環の環員数は、特に制限されないが、5又は6個が好ましく、6個がより好ましい。
-Cyclic amidine compound-
The cyclic amidine compound is a compound having a heterocycle containing an amidine structure (> NC = N—) in the ring.
The number of ring members of the above heterocycle contained in the cyclic amidine compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 or 6, and more preferably 6.
 環状アミジン化合物としては、例えば、ジアザビシクロウンデセン(1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデカ-7-エン:DBU)、ジアザビシクロノネン(1,5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]ノナ-5-エン:DBN)、3,4,6,7,8,9,10,11-オクタヒドロ-2H-ピリミド[1.2-a]アゾシン、3,4,6,7,8,9-ヘキサヒドロ-2H-ピリド[1.2-a]ピリミジン、2,5,6,7-テトラヒドロ-3H-ピロロ[1.2-a]イミダゾール、3-エチル-2,3,4,6,7,8,9,10-オクタヒドロピリミド[1.2-a]アゼピン、及びクレアチニンが挙げられ、DBUが好ましい。 Examples of the cyclic amidine compound include diazabicycloundecene (1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-en: DBU) and diazabicyclononene (1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3. 0] Nona-5-en: DBN), 3,4,6,7,8,9,10,11-octahydro-2H-pyrimid [1.2-a] azocin, 3,4,6,7,8 , 9-Hexahydro-2H-pyrido [1.2-a] pyrimidine, 2,5,6,7-tetrahydro-3H-pyrrolo [1.2-a] imidazole, 3-ethyl-2,3,4,6 , 7,8,9,10-octahydropyrimid [1.2-a] azepine, and creatinine, with DBU being preferred.
 環状アミジン化合物は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 The cyclic amidine compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
(脂肪族モノアミン化合物)
 アルカノールアミン及び脂環式アミン化合物以外の脂肪族モノアミン化合物としては、例えば、下記式(a)で表される化合物(以下「化合物(a)」とも記載する)が挙げられる。
(Aliphatic monoamine compound)
Examples of the aliphatic monoamine compound other than the alkanolamine and the alicyclic amine compound include a compound represented by the following formula (a) (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (a)”).
  NH(3-x)   (a) NH x R (3-x) (a)
 式中、Rは炭素数1~3のアルキル基を表し、xは0~2の整数を表す。
 炭素数1~3のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、及びイソプロピル基が挙げられ、エチル基又はn-プロピル基が好ましい。
In the formula, R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and x represents an integer of 0 to 2.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group and an isopropyl group, and an ethyl group or an n-propyl group is preferable.
 化合物(a)としては、例えば、メチルアミン、エチルアミン、プロピルアミン、ジメチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、及びトリエチルアミンが挙げられ、エチルアミン、プロピルアミン、ジエチルアミン、又はトリエチルアミンが好ましい。 Examples of the compound (a) include methylamine, ethylamine, propylamine, dimethylamine, diethylamine, trimethylamine, and triethylamine, and ethylamine, propylamine, diethylamine, and triethylamine are preferable.
 化合物(a)以外の脂肪族モノアミン化合物としては、例えば、n-ブチルアミン、3-メトキシプロピルアミン、tert-ブチルアミン、n-ヘキシルアミン、シクロヘキシルアミン、n-オクチルアミン、2-エチルヘキシルアミン、モルホリン、及び4-(2-アミノエチル)モルホリン(AEM)が挙げられる。 Examples of the aliphatic monoamine compound other than the compound (a) include n-butylamine, 3-methoxypropylamine, tert-butylamine, n-hexylamine, cyclohexylamine, n-octylamine, 2-ethylhexylamine, morpholin, and the like. 4- (2-Aminoethyl) morpholine (AEM) can be mentioned.
(脂肪族ポリアミン化合物)
 脂肪族ポリアミン化合物としては、例えば、エチレンジアミン(EDA)、1,3-プロパンジアミン(PDA)、1,2-プロパンジアミン、1,3-ブタンジアミン、及び1,4-ブタンジアミン等のアルキレンジアミン、並びに、ジエチレントリアミン(DETA)、トリエチレンテトラミン(TETA)、ビス(アミノプロピル)エチレンジアミン(BAPEDA)、及びテトラエチレンペンタミン等のポリアルキルポリアミンが挙げられ、EDAが好ましい。
(Aliphatic polyamine compound)
Examples of the aliphatic polyamine compound include alkylenediamines such as ethylenediamine (EDA), 1,3-propanediamine (PDA), 1,2-propanediamine, 1,3-butanediamine, and 1,4-butanediamine. Further, polyalkylpolyamines such as diethylenetriamine (DETA), triethylenetetramine (TETA), bis (aminopropyl) ethylenediamine (BAPEDA), and tetraethylenepentamine are mentioned, and EDA is preferable.
(アミノ酸)
 アミノ酸は、分子内に1つのカルボキシル基と1つ以上のアミノ基とを有する化合物である。
(amino acid)
Amino acids are compounds that have one carboxyl group and one or more amino groups in the molecule.
 アミノ酸としては、例えば、アルギニン、グリシン、セリン、α-アラニン(2-アミノプロピオン酸)、β-アラニン(3-アミノプロピオン酸)、リジン、ロイシン、イソロイシン、システイン、メチオニン、エチオニン、トレオニン、トリプトファン、チロシン、バリン、ヒスチジン、ヒスチジン誘導体、アスパラギン、グルタミン、プロリン、フェニルアラニン、特開2016-086094号公報の段落[0021]~[0023]に記載の化合物、及びこれらの塩が挙げられる。なお、ヒスチジン誘導体としては、特開2015-165561号公報、及び特開2015-165562号公報等に記載の化合物が援用でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、塩としては、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩等のアルカリ金属塩、アンモニウム塩、炭酸塩、並びに酢酸塩が挙げられる。なかでも、アルギニン、又は硫黄原子を含む含硫アミノ酸が好ましい。含硫アミノ酸としては、例えば、シスチン、システイン、エチオニン及びメチオニンが挙げられ、シスチン又はシステインが好ましい。 Examples of amino acids include arginine, glycine, serine, α-alanine (2-aminopropionic acid), β-alanine (3-aminopropionic acid), lysine, leucine, isoleucine, cysteine, methionine, ethionine, threonine, tryptophan, and the like. Examples thereof include tyrosine, valine, histidine, histidine derivative, asparagine, glutamine, proline, phenylalanine, the compounds described in paragraphs [0021] to [0023] of JP-A-2016-086094, and salts thereof. As the histidine derivative, the compounds described in JP-A-2015-165561, JP-A-2015-165562 and the like can be incorporated, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Examples of the salt include alkali metal salts such as sodium salt and potassium salt, ammonium salt, carbonate, and acetate. Of these, arginine or a sulfur-containing amino acid containing a sulfur atom is preferable. Examples of the sulfur-containing amino acid include cystine, cysteine, ethionine and methionine, and cystine or cysteine is preferable.
 第2アミン化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 洗浄液における第2アミン化合物の含有量は、特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.03~30質量%が好ましく、0.05~15質量%がより好ましく、0.05~5質量%が更に好ましく、0.05~3質量%が特に好ましい。
The second amine compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the second amine compound in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.03 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 15% by mass, and 0.05 to 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the cleaning liquid. The mass% is more preferable, and 0.05 to 3% by mass is particularly preferable.
<界面活性剤>
 洗浄液は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。
 界面活性剤としては、分子内に親水基と疎水基(親油基)とを有する化合物であれば特に制限されず、例えば、アニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤、及び両性界面活性剤が挙げられる。
<Surfactant>
The cleaning liquid may contain a surfactant.
The surfactant is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a hydrophilic group and a hydrophobic group (lipophilic group) in the molecule, and for example, an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, and a nonionic surfactant. , And amphoteric surfactants.
 界面活性剤は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、及びそれらの組合せから選択される疎水基を有する場合が多い。界面活性剤が有する疎水基としては、特に制限されない。なかでも、疎水基が芳香族炭化水素基を含む場合、芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は6以上が好ましく、芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数10以上がより好ましい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数の上限は特に制限されないが、20以下が好ましく、18以下がより好ましい。
 また、疎水基が芳香族炭化水素基を含まず、脂肪族炭化水素基のみから構成される場合、脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は10以上が好ましく、脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は12以上がより好ましく、脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は16以上が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数の上限は特に制限されないが、20以下が好ましく、18以下がより好ましい。
Surfactants often have an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and a hydrophobic group selected from combinations thereof. The hydrophobic group of the surfactant is not particularly limited. Among them, when the hydrophobic group contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group, the aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms, and more preferably 10 or more carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group. The upper limit of the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 18 or less.
When the hydrophobic group does not contain an aromatic hydrocarbon group and is composed only of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 10 or more carbon atoms, and the aliphatic hydrocarbon group has 12 carbon atoms. The above is more preferable, and the carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is further preferably 16 or more. The upper limit of the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 18 or less.
(アニオン性界面活性剤)
 洗浄液に含まれるアニオン性界面活性剤としては、例えば、それぞれが親水基(酸基)として、リン酸エステル基を有するリン酸エステル系界面活性剤、ホスホン酸基を有するホスホン酸系界面活性剤、スルホ基を有するスルホン酸系界面活性剤、カルボキシル基を有するカルボン酸系界面活性剤、及び硫酸エステル基を有する硫酸エステル系界面活性剤が挙げられる。
 本発明の効果がより優れる点で、洗浄液はアニオン性界面活性剤を含むことが好ましい。
(Anionic surfactant)
Examples of the anionic surfactant contained in the cleaning liquid include, as a hydrophilic group (acid group), a phosphate ester-based surfactant having a phosphate ester group, a phosphonic acid-based surfactant having a phosphonic acid group, and the like. Examples thereof include a sulfonic acid-based surfactant having a sulfo group, a carboxylic acid-based surfactant having a carboxyl group, and a sulfate ester-based surfactant having a sulfate ester group.
It is preferable that the cleaning liquid contains an anionic surfactant because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
-リン酸エステル系界面活性剤-
 リン酸エステル系界面活性剤としては、例えば、リン酸エステル(アルキルエーテルリン酸エステル)、及びポリオキシアルキレンエーテルリン酸エステル、並びにこれらの塩が挙げられる。リン酸エステル及びポリオキシアルキレンエーテルリン酸は、通常モノエステル及びジエステルの両者を含むが、モノエステル又はジエステルを単独で使用できる。
 リン酸エステル系界面活性剤の塩としては、例えば、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、アンモニウム塩、及び有機アミン塩が挙げられる。
 リン酸エステル及びポリオキシアルキレンエーテルリン酸エステルが有するアルキル基としては、特に制限されないが、炭素数2~24のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数6~18のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数12~18のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 ポリオキシアルキレンエーテルリン酸エステルが有するアルキレン基としては、特に制限されないが、炭素数2~6のアルキレン基が好ましく、エチレン基、又は1,2-プロパンジイル基がより好ましい。また、ポリオキシアルキレンエーテルリン酸エステルにおけるオキシアルキレン基の繰返し数は、1~12が好ましく、3~10がより好ましい。
-Phosphoric acid ester-based surfactant-
Examples of the phosphoric acid ester-based surfactant include a phosphoric acid ester (alkyl ether phosphoric acid ester), a polyoxyalkylene ether phosphoric acid ester, and salts thereof. Phosphoric acid ester and polyoxyalkylene ether phosphoric acid usually contain both monoester and diester, but monoester or diester can be used alone.
Examples of the salt of the phosphoric acid ester-based surfactant include a sodium salt, a potassium salt, an ammonium salt, and an organic amine salt.
The alkyl group contained in the phosphoric acid ester and the polyoxyalkylene ether phosphoric acid ester is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 12 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable. Eighteen alkyl groups are even more preferred.
The alkylene group contained in the polyoxyalkylene ether phosphoric acid ester is not particularly limited, but an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and an ethylene group or a 1,2-propanediyl group is more preferable. The number of repetitions of the oxyalkylene group in the polyoxyalkylene ether phosphoric acid ester is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 3 to 10.
 リン酸エステル系界面活性剤としては、オクチルリン酸エステル、ラウリルリン酸エステル、トリデシルリン酸エステル、ミリスチルリン酸エステル、セチルリン酸エステル、ステアリルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルエーテルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテルリン酸エステル、又はポリオキシエチレントリデシルエーテルリン酸エステルが好ましい。 Examples of the phosphoric acid ester-based surfactant include octyl phosphate, lauryl phosphate, tridecyl phosphate, myristyl phosphate, cetyl phosphate, stearyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene octyl ether phosphate, and polyoxyethylene. Lauryl ether phosphate ester or polyoxyethylene tridecyl ether phosphate ester is preferred.
 リン酸エステル系界面活性剤としては、特開2011-040502号公報の段落[0012]~[0019]に記載の化合物も援用でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the phosphoric acid ester-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs [0012] to [0019] of JP2011-040502A can also be incorporated, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
-ホスホン酸系界面活性剤-
 ホスホン酸系界面活性剤としては、例えば、アルキルホスホン酸、及びポリビニルホスホン酸が挙げられる。また、例えば、特開2012-057108号公報等に記載のアミノメチルホスホン酸等も挙げられる。
-Phosphonate-based surfactant-
Examples of the phosphonic acid-based surfactant include alkylphosphonic acid and polyvinylphosphonic acid. Further, for example, aminomethylphosphonic acid and the like described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-057108 and the like can also be mentioned.
-スルホン酸系界面活性剤-
 スルホン酸系界面活性剤としては、例えば、アルキルスルホン酸、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸、アルキルナフタレンスルホン酸、アルキルジフェニルエーテルジスルホン酸、アルキルメチルタウリン、スルホコハク酸ジエステル、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテルスルホン酸、及びこれらの塩が挙げられる。
-Sulfonic acid-based surfactant-
Examples of the sulfonic acid-based surfactant include alkyl sulfonic acid, alkyl benzene sulfonic acid, alkyl naphthalene sulfonic acid, alkyl diphenyl ether disulfonic acid, alkyl methyl taurine, sulfosuccinic acid diester, polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfonic acid, and salts thereof. Can be mentioned.
 上記のスルホン酸系界面活性剤が有するアルキル基としては、特に制限されないが、炭素数10以上のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数12以上のアルキル基がより好ましい。上記アルキル基の炭素数の上限は特に制限されないが、24以下が好ましい。
 また、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテルスルホン酸が有するアルキレン基としては、特に制限されないが、エチレン基、又は1,2-プロパンジイル基が好ましい。また、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテルスルホン酸におけるオキシアルキレン基の繰返し数は、1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましい。
The alkyl group contained in the above-mentioned sulfonic acid-based surfactant is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 10 or more carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 12 or more carbon atoms is more preferable. The upper limit of the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 24 or less.
The alkylene group contained in the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfonic acid is not particularly limited, but an ethylene group or a 1,2-propanediyl group is preferable. The number of repetitions of the oxyalkylene group in the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfonic acid is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6.
 スルホン酸系界面活性剤の具体例としては、ヘキサンスルホン酸、オクタンスルホン酸、デカンスルホン酸、ドデカンスルホン酸、トルエンスルホン酸、クメンスルホン酸、オクチルベンゼンスルホン酸、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸(DBSA)、ジニトロベンゼンスルホン酸(DNBSA)、及びラウリルドデシルフェニルエーテルジスルホン酸(LDPEDSA)が挙げられる。
 なかでも、炭素数10以上のアルキル基を有するスルホン酸系界面活性剤が好ましく、炭素数12以上のアルキル基を有するスルホン酸系界面活性剤がより好ましく、DBSAが更に好ましい。
Specific examples of the sulfonic acid-based surfactant include hexanesulfonic acid, octanesulfonic acid, decanesulfonic acid, dodecanesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, cumenesulfonic acid, octylbenzenesulfonic acid, dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid (DBSA), and di. Examples thereof include nitrobenzene sulfonic acid (DNBSA) and laurildodecylphenyl ether disulfonic acid (LDPEDSA).
Among them, a sulfonic acid-based surfactant having an alkyl group having 10 or more carbon atoms is preferable, a sulfonic acid-based surfactant having an alkyl group having 12 or more carbon atoms is more preferable, and DBSA is further preferable.
-カルボン酸系界面活性剤-
 カルボン酸系界面活性剤としては、例えば、アルキルカルボン酸、アルキルベンゼンカルボン酸、及びポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテルカルボン酸、並びにこれらの塩が挙げられる。
 上記のカルボン酸系界面活性剤が有するアルキル基としては、特に制限されないが、炭素数7~25のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数11~17のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 また、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテルカルボン酸が有するアルキレン基としては、特に制限されないが、エチレン基、又は1,2-プロパンジイル基が好ましい。また、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテルカルボン酸におけるオキシアルキレン基の繰返し数は、1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましい。
-Carboxylic acid-based surfactant-
Examples of the carboxylic acid-based surfactant include alkylcarboxylic acids, alkylbenzenecarboxylic acids, polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether carboxylic acids, and salts thereof.
The alkyl group contained in the above-mentioned carboxylic acid-based surfactant is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 11 to 17 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The alkylene group contained in the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether carboxylic acid is not particularly limited, but an ethylene group or a 1,2-propanediyl group is preferable. The number of repetitions of the oxyalkylene group in the polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether carboxylic acid is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6.
 カルボン酸系界面活性剤の具体例としては、ラウリン酸、ミリスチン酸、パルミチン酸、ステアリン酸、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル酢酸、及びポリオキシエチレントリデシルエーテル酢酸が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the carboxylic acid-based surfactant include lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether acetic acid, and polyoxyethylene tridecyl ether acetic acid.
-硫酸エステル系界面活性剤-
 硫酸エステル系界面活性剤としては、例えば、硫酸エステル(アルキルエーテル硫酸エステル)、及びポリオキシアルキレンエーテル硫酸エステル、並びにこれらの塩が挙げられる。
 硫酸エステル及びポリオキシアルキレンエーテル硫酸エステルが有するアルキル基としては、特に制限されないが、炭素数2~24のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数6~18のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 ポリオキシアルキレンエーテル硫酸エステルが有するアルキレン基としては、特に制限されないが、エチレン基、又は1,2-プロパンジイル基がより好ましい。また、ポリオキシアルキレンエーテル硫酸エステルにおけるオキシアルキレン基の繰返し数は、1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましい。
 硫酸エステル系界面活性剤の具体例としては、ラウリル硫酸、ミリスチル硫酸、及びポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル硫酸が挙げられる。
-Sulfuric acid ester-based surfactant-
Examples of the sulfate ester-based surfactant include a sulfate ester (alkyl ether sulfate ester), a polyoxyalkylene ether sulfate ester, and salts thereof.
The alkyl group contained in the sulfate ester and the polyoxyalkylene ether sulfate ester is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The alkylene group contained in the polyoxyalkylene ether sulfate ester is not particularly limited, but an ethylene group or a 1,2-propanediyl group is more preferable. The number of repetitions of the oxyalkylene group in the polyoxyalkylene ether sulfate ester is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6.
Specific examples of the sulfate ester-based surfactant include lauryl sulfate, myristyl sulfuric acid, and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate.
 アニオン性界面活性剤としては、リン酸エステル系界面活性剤、スルホン酸系界面活性剤(より好ましくは炭素数12以上のアルキル基を有するスルホン酸系界面活性剤)、ホスホン酸系界面活性剤、及びカルボン酸系界面活性剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種が好ましく、リン酸エステル系界面活性剤、又は炭素数12以上のアルキル基を有するスルホン酸系界面活性剤がより好ましい。 Examples of the anionic surfactant include a phosphate ester-based surfactant, a sulfonic acid-based surfactant (more preferably, a sulfonic acid-based surfactant having an alkyl group having 12 or more carbon atoms), a phosphonic acid-based surfactant, and the like. And at least one selected from the group consisting of carboxylic acid-based surfactants are preferable, and phosphoric acid ester-based surfactants or sulfonic acid-based surfactants having an alkyl group having 12 or more carbon atoms are more preferable.
 アニオン性界面活性剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。腐食防止性能(特にCu及び/又はCoを含む半導体基板に対する腐食防止性能)により優れる点で、洗浄液は、2種以上のアニオン性界面活性剤を含むことが好ましい。 The anionic surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The cleaning liquid preferably contains two or more kinds of anionic surfactants in that it is excellent in corrosion prevention performance (particularly, corrosion prevention performance for semiconductor substrates containing Cu and / or Co).
 洗浄液がアニオン性界面活性剤を含む場合、その含有量は、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.01~5.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~2.0質量%がより好ましい。
 なお、これらのアニオン性界面活性剤としては、市販のものを用いればよい。
When the cleaning liquid contains an anionic surfactant, the content thereof is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
As these anionic surfactants, commercially available ones may be used.
(カチオン性界面活性剤)
 カチオン性界面活性剤としては、例えば、第1級~第3級のアルキルアミン塩(例えば、モノステアリルアンモニウムクロライド、ジステアリルアンモニウムクロライド、及びトリステアリルアンモニウムクロライド等)、並びに変性脂肪族ポリアミン(例えば、ポリエチレンポリアミン等)が挙げられる。
(Cationic surfactant)
Examples of the cationic surfactant include primary to tertiary alkylamine salts (eg, monostearylammonium chloride, distearylammonium chloride, tristearylammonium chloride, etc.), and modified aliphatic polyamines (eg, for example. (Polyethylene polyamine, etc.) can be mentioned.
(ノニオン性界面活性剤)
 ノニオン性界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテル(例えば、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル等)、ポリオキシアルキレンアルケニルエーテル(例えば、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル等)、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル(例えば、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル等)、ポリオキシアルキレングリコール(例えば、ポリオキシプロピレンポリオキシエチレングリコール等)、ポリオキシアルキレンモノアルキレート(モノアルキル脂肪酸エステルポリオキシアルキレン)(例えば、ポリオキシエチレンモノステアレート、及びポリオキシエチレンモノオレート等のポリオキシエチレンモノアルキレート)、ポリオキシアルキレンジアルキレート(ジアルキル脂肪酸エステルポリオキシアルキレン)(例えば、ポリオキシエチレンジステアレート、及びポリオキシエチレンジオレート等のポリオキシエチレンジアルキレート)、ビスポリオキシアルキレンアルキルアミド(例えば、ビスポリオキシエチレンステアリルアミド等)、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルアミン、グリセリン脂肪酸エステル、オキシエチレンオキシプロピレンブロックコポリマー、アセチレングリコール系界面活性剤、及びアセチレン系ポリオキシエチレンオキシドが挙げられる。
(Nonionic surfactant)
Examples of the nonionic surfactant include polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether (for example, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether and the like), polyoxyalkylene alkenyl ether (for example, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether and the like), and polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether (for example). , Polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, etc.), Polyoxyalkylene glycol (eg, polyoxypropylene polyoxyethylene glycol, etc.), Polyoxyalkylene monoalkhet (monoalkyl fatty acid ester polyoxyalkylene) (eg, polyoxyethylene monosteer) Rates, and polyoxyethylene monoalchelates such as polyoxyethylene monoolates), polyoxyalkylene dialchelates (dialkyl fatty acid ester polyoxyalkylenes) (eg, polyoxyethylene distearates, and polys such as polyoxyethylene diolates). Oxyethylene dial chelate), bispolyoxyalkylene alkylamide (eg, bispolyoxyethylene stearylamide, etc.), sorbitan fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene alkylamine, glycerin fatty acid ester, oxyethylene oxypropylene block Examples thereof include copolymers, acetylene glycol-based surfactants, and acetylene-based polyoxyethylene oxides.
(両性界面活性剤)
 両性界面活性剤としては、例えば、カルボキシベタイン(例えば、アルキル-N,N-ジメチルアミノ酢酸ベタイン及びアルキル-N,N-ジヒドロキシエチルアミノ酢酸ベタイン等)、スルホベタイン(例えば、アルキル-N,N-ジメチルスルホエチレンアンモニウムベタイン等)、並びに、イミダゾリニウムベタイン(例えば、2-アルキル-N-カルボキシメチル-N-ヒドロキシエチルイミダソリニウムベタイン等)が挙げられる。
(Amphoteric surfactant)
Examples of the amphoteric tenside include carboxybetaine (eg, alkyl-N, N-dimethylaminoacetic acid betaine and alkyl-N, N-dihydroxyethylaminoacetic acid betaine, etc.) and sulfobetaine (eg, alkyl-N, N-). Dimethylsulfoethyleneammonium betaine and the like), and imidazolinium betaine (eg, 2-alkyl-N-carboxymethyl-N-hydroxyethyl imidazolinium betaine and the like).
 界面活性剤としては、特開2015-158662号公報の段落[0092]~[0096]、特開2012-151273号公報の段落[0045]~[0046]、及び特開2009-147389号公報の段落[0014]~[0020]に記載の化合物も援用でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of the surfactant include paragraphs [0092] to [0090] of JP-A-2015-158662, paragraphs [0045]-[0046] of JP-A-2012-151273, and paragraphs of JP-A-2009-147389. The compounds described in [0014] to [0020] can also be incorporated, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 界面活性剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。洗浄液が界面活性剤を含む場合、その含有量は、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.01~5.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~2.0質量%がより好ましい。 As the surfactant, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. When the cleaning liquid contains a surfactant, the content thereof is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
<pH調整剤>
 洗浄液は、pH調整剤を含んでいてもよい。
 pH調整剤としては、上述した成分以外の成分が挙げられ、例えば、第4級アンモニウム化合物が挙げられる。
<pH adjuster>
The cleaning solution may contain a pH adjuster.
Examples of the pH adjuster include components other than those described above, and examples thereof include quaternary ammonium compounds.
(第4級アンモニウム化合物)
 第4級アンモニウム化合物は、窒素原子に4つの炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)が置換してなる第4級アンモニウムカチオンを有する化合物又はその塩であれば、特に制限されない。第4級アンモニウム化合物としては、例えば、第4級アンモニウム水酸化物、第4級アンモニウムフッ化物、第4級アンモニウム臭化物、第4級アンモニウムヨウ化物、第4級アンモニウムの酢酸塩、及び第4級アンモニウムの炭酸塩が挙げられる。
(Quaternary ammonium compound)
The quaternary ammonium compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a quaternary ammonium cation in which a nitrogen atom is substituted with four hydrocarbon groups (preferably an alkyl group) or a salt thereof. Examples of the quaternary ammonium compound include a quaternary ammonium hydroxide, a quaternary ammonium fluoride, a quaternary ammonium bromide, a quaternary ammonium iodide, a quaternary ammonium acetate, and a quaternary ammonium compound. Examples include ammonium carbonate.
 第4級アンモニウム化合物としては、下記式(4)で表される第4級アンモニウム水酸化物が好ましい。 As the quaternary ammonium compound, a quaternary ammonium hydroxide represented by the following formula (4) is preferable.
  (ROH   (4) (R 8) 4 N + OH - (4)
 式中、Rは、ヒドロキシル基又はフェニル基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す。4つのRは、互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 In the formula, R 8 represents an alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group or a phenyl group. The four R 8 may being the same or different.
 Rで表されるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、又はエチル基が好ましい。
 Rで表されるヒドロキシル基又はフェニル基を有していてもよいアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、2-ヒドロキシエチル基、又はベンジル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、又は2-ヒドロキシエチル基がより好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、又は2-ヒドロキシエチル基が更に好ましい。
As the alkyl group represented by R 8 , an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group or an ethyl group is preferable.
As the alkyl group which may have a hydroxyl group or a phenyl group represented by R 8, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a 2-hydroxyethyl group, or a benzyl group preferably a methyl group, An ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, or a 2-hydroxyethyl group is more preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a 2-hydroxyethyl group is further preferable.
 第4級アンモニウム化合物としては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(コリン)、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)、トリメチルエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMEAH)、ジエチルジメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(DEDMAH)、メチルトリエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(MTEAH)、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TEAH)、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TPAH)、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TBAH)、ビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)ジメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリ(2-ヒドロキシエチル)メチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラ(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(BTMAH)、及びセチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドが挙げられる。
 上記の具体例以外の第4級アンモニウム化合物としては、例えば、特開2018-107353号公報の段落[0021]に記載の化合物が援用でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Examples of the quaternary ammonium compound include 2-hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide (choline), tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), trimethylethylammonium hydroxide (TMEAH), diethyldimethylammonium hydroxide (DEDH), and methyl. Triethylammonium Hydroxide (MTEAH), Tetraethylammonium Hydroxide (TEAH), Tetrapropylammonium Hydroxide (TPAH), Tetrabutylammonium Hydroxide (TBAH), Bis (2-Hydroxyethyl) Dimethylammonium Hydroxide, Tri (2-) Examples thereof include hydroxyethyl) methylammonium hydroxide, tetra (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide (BTMAH), and cetyltrimethylammonium hydroxide.
As the quaternary ammonium compound other than the above specific examples, for example, the compound described in paragraph [0021] of JP-A-2018-107353 can be incorporated, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
 洗浄液に使用する第4級アンモニウム化合物としては、コリン、TMAH、TMEAH、DEDMAH、MTEAH、TEAH、TPAH、TBAH、又はビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)ジメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドが好ましく、コリンがより好ましい。 As the quaternary ammonium compound used in the washing liquid, choline, TMAH, TMEAH, DEDMAH, MTEAH, TEAH, TPAH, TBAH, or bis (2-hydroxyethyl) dimethylammonium hydroxide is preferable, and choline is more preferable.
 また、腐食防止性能に優れる点から、洗浄液は、非対称構造を有する第4級アンモニウム化合物を含むことが好ましい。第4級アンモニウム化合物が「非対称構造を有する」とは、窒素原子に置換する4つの炭化水素基がいずれも同一ではないことを意味する。言い換えれば、窒素原子に置換する4つの炭化水素基の少なくとも1つは異なる種類の炭化水素基であることを意味する。
 非対称構造を有する第4級アンモニウム化合物としては、例えば、コリン、TMEAH、DEDMAH、MTEAH、及びビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)ジメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドが挙げられ、コリンが好ましい。
Further, from the viewpoint of excellent corrosion prevention performance, the cleaning liquid preferably contains a quaternary ammonium compound having an asymmetric structure. When a quaternary ammonium compound "has an asymmetric structure", it means that none of the four hydrocarbon groups substituted with nitrogen atoms are the same. In other words, at least one of the four hydrocarbon groups that replace the nitrogen atom is a different type of hydrocarbon group.
Examples of the quaternary ammonium compound having an asymmetric structure include choline, TMEAH, DEDMAH, MTEAH, and bis (2-hydroxyethyl) dimethylammonium hydroxide, and choline is preferable.
 第4級アンモニウム化合物は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 The quaternary ammonium compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 洗浄液がpH調整剤を含む場合、その含有量は、洗浄性能により優れる点で、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.05質量%以上が好ましく、0.1質量%以上がより好ましく、0.2質量%以上が更に好ましい。pH調整剤の含有量の上限は特に制限されないが、洗浄工程における残渣物粒子の凝集及び/又は残渣物の再吸着による洗浄性能の低下を抑制する点で、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましく、3質量%以下が更に好ましい。 When the cleaning liquid contains a pH adjuster, the content thereof is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and 0. 2% by mass or more is more preferable. The upper limit of the content of the pH adjuster is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass, in terms of suppressing deterioration of cleaning performance due to aggregation of residue particles and / or readsorption of the residue in the cleaning step. % Or less is more preferable, and 3% by mass or less is further preferable.
 洗浄液におけるpH調整剤の含有量に対するアルカノールアミンの含有量の質量比〔アルカノールアミンの含有量/pH調整剤の含有量〕の値は、0.01~20が好ましく、0.05~15がより好ましく、0.1~10が更に好ましい。 The mass ratio of the alkanolamine content to the pH adjuster content in the cleaning solution [alkanolamine content / pH adjuster content] is preferably 0.01 to 20, more preferably 0.05 to 15. It is preferable, 0.1 to 10 is more preferable.
<防食剤>
 洗浄液は、防食剤を含んでいてもよい。
 洗浄液は、防食剤を含んでいてもよい。なお、防食剤としては、上述の成分とは異なる成分が好ましい。
 防食剤としては、例えば、ヘテロ環構造を有するヘテロ環式化合物、及び他の防食剤が挙げられる。
<Corrosion inhibitor>
The cleaning liquid may contain an anticorrosive agent.
The cleaning liquid may contain an anticorrosive agent. As the anticorrosive agent, a component different from the above-mentioned component is preferable.
Examples of the anticorrosive agent include heterocyclic compounds having a heterocyclic structure and other anticorrosive agents.
(含窒素ヘテロ芳香族化合物)
 含窒素へテロ芳香族化合物は、環を構成する原子の少なくとも1つが窒素原子であるヘテロ芳香環(含窒素ヘテロ芳香環)を有する化合物であれば、特に制限されない。含窒素へテロ芳香族化合物は、洗浄液の腐食防止性能を向上させる防食剤として機能する。そのため、洗浄液は含窒素へテロ芳香族化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 含窒素へテロ芳香族化合物としては、例えば、アゾール化合物、ピリジン化合物、ピラジン化合物、及びピリミジン化合物が挙げられる。
(Nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound)
The nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a heteroaromatic ring (nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic ring) in which at least one of the atoms constituting the ring is a nitrogen atom. The nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound functions as an anticorrosive agent for improving the corrosion prevention performance of the cleaning liquid. Therefore, it is preferable that the cleaning liquid contains a nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound.
Examples of the nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound include an azole compound, a pyridine compound, a pyrazine compound, and a pyrimidine compound.
 アゾール化合物は、窒素原子を少なくとも1つ含み、芳香族性を有するヘテロ5員環を有する化合物である。アゾール化合物が有するヘテロ5員環に含まれる窒素原子の個数は、特に制限されず、2~4個が好ましく、3又は4個がより好ましい。
 また、アゾール化合物は、ヘテロ5員環上に置換基を有してもよい。そのような置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、メルカプト基、アミノ基、アミノ基を有していてもよい炭素数1~4のアルキル基、及び2-イミダゾリル基が挙げられる。
 アゾール化合物としては、例えば、トリアゾール化合物、イミダゾール化合物、ピラゾール化合物、チアゾール化合物、及びテトラゾール化合物が挙げられる。
The azole compound is a compound having at least one nitrogen atom and having an aromatic 5-membered ring. The number of nitrogen atoms contained in the hetero 5-membered ring of the azole compound is not particularly limited, and is preferably 2 to 4, more preferably 3 or 4.
Further, the azole compound may have a substituent on the hetero 5-membered ring. Examples of such a substituent include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a mercapto group, an amino group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have an amino group, and a 2-imidazolyl group.
Examples of the azole compound include a triazole compound, an imidazole compound, a pyrazole compound, a thiazole compound, and a tetrazole compound.
 トリアゾール化合物としては、例えば、1,2,4-トリアゾ-ル、1-ビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アミノメチル-5-メチル-1Hベンゾトリアゾール、1-ビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アミノメチル-4-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール、3-メチル-1,2,4-トリアゾ-ル、3-アミノ-1,2,4-トリアゾール、1,2,3-トリアゾ-ル、1-メチル-1,2,3-トリアゾ-ル、ベンゾトリアゾール、1-ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール、1-ジヒドロキシプロピルベンゾトリアゾール、2,3-ジカルボキシプロピルベンゾトリアゾール、4-ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール、4-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール、及び5-メチルベンゾトリアゾールが挙げられる。なかでも、1,2,4-トリアゾ-ル、1-ビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アミノメチル-5-メチル-1Hベンゾトリアゾール、及び1-ビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アミノメチル-4-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾールからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種が好ましい。 Examples of the triazole compound include 1,2,4-triazole, 1-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethyl-5-methyl-1H benzotriazole, and 1-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethyl-4. -Methyl-1H-benzotriazole, 3-methyl-1,2,4-triazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1-methyl-1, 2,3-Triazol, benzotriazole, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, 1-dihydroxypropylbenzotriazole, 2,3-dicarboxypropylbenzotriazole, 4-hydroxybenzotriazole, 4-carboxybenzotriazole, and 5-methyl Examples include benzotriazole. Among them, 1,2,4-triazol, 1-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethyl-5-methyl-1H benzotriazole, and 1-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethyl-4-methyl- At least one selected from the group consisting of 1H-benzotriazole is preferred.
 イミダゾール化合物としては、例えば、イミダゾール、1-メチルイミダゾール、2-メチルイミダゾール、5-メチルイミダゾール、1,2-ジメチルイミダゾール、2-メルカプトイミダゾール、4,5-ジメチル-2-メルカプトイミダゾール、4-ヒドロキシイミダゾール、2,2’-ビイミダゾール、4-イミダゾールカルボン酸、ヒスタミン、ベンゾイミダゾール、2-アミノベンゾイミダゾール、及びアデニンが挙げられる。 Examples of the imidazole compound include imidazole, 1-methylimidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 5-methylimidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, 2-mercaptoimidazole, 4,5-dimethyl-2-mercaptoimidazole and 4-hydroxy. Examples include imidazole, 2,2'-biimidazole, 4-imidazole carboxylic acid, histamine, benzoimidazole, 2-aminobenzoimidazole, and adenine.
 ピラゾール化合物としては、例えば、ピラゾール、4-ピラゾールカルボン酸、1-メチルピラゾール、3-メチルピラゾール、3-アミノ-5-ヒドロキシピラゾール、3-アミノ-5-メチルピラゾール、3-アミノピラゾール、及び4-アミノピラゾールが挙げられる。 Examples of the pyrazole compound include pyrazole, 4-pyrazolecarboxylic acid, 1-methylpyrazole, 3-methylpyrazole, 3-amino-5-hydroxypyrazole, 3-amino-5-methylpyrazole, 3-aminopyrazole, and 4 -Aminopyrazole can be mentioned.
 チアゾール化合物としては、例えば、2,4-ジメチルチアゾール、ベンゾチアゾール、及び2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾールが挙げられる。 Examples of the thiazole compound include 2,4-dimethylthiazole, benzothiazole, and 2-mercaptobenzothiazole.
 テトラゾール化合物としては、例えば、1H-テトラゾール(1,2,3,4-テトラゾ-ル)、5-メチル-1,2,3,4-テトラゾ-ル、5-アミノ-1,2,3,4-テトラゾ-ル、1,5-ペンタメチレンテトラゾール、1-フェニル-5-メルカプトテトラゾール、及び1-(2-ジメチルアミノエチル)-5-メルカプトテトラゾールが挙げられる。 Examples of the tetrazole compound include 1H-tetrazole (1,2,3,4-tetrazole), 5-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrazole and 5-amino-1,2,3. Examples thereof include 4-tetrazole, 1,5-pentamethylenetetrazole, 1-phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole, and 1- (2-dimethylaminoethyl) -5-mercaptotetrazole.
 アゾール化合物としては、イミダゾール化合物、又はピラゾール化合物が好ましく、1,2,4-トリアゾ-ル、1-ビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アミノメチル-5-メチル-1Hベンゾトリアゾール、及び1-ビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アミノメチル-4-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾールからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種が好ましい。 As the azole compound, an imidazole compound or a pyrazole compound is preferable, 1,2,4-triazole, 1-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethyl-5-methyl-1Hbenzotriazole, and 1-bis (2). -Hydroxyethyl) At least one selected from the group consisting of aminomethyl-4-methyl-1H-benzotriazole is preferable.
 ピリジン化合物は、窒素原子を1つ含み、芳香族性を有するヘテロ6員環(ピリジン環)を有する化合物である。
 ピリジン化合物としては、例えば、ピリジン、3-アミノピリジン、4-アミノピリジン、3-ヒドロキシピリジン、4-ヒドロキシピリジン、2-アセトアミドピリジン、2-シアノピリジン、2-カルボキシピリジン、及び4-カルボキシピリジンが挙げられる。
The pyridine compound is a compound having a hetero 6-membered ring (pyridine ring) containing one nitrogen atom and having aromaticity.
Examples of the pyridine compound include pyridine, 3-aminopyridine, 4-aminopyridine, 3-hydroxypyridine, 4-hydroxypyridine, 2-acetamidopyridine, 2-cyanopyridine, 2-carboxypyridine, and 4-carboxypyridine. Can be mentioned.
 ピラジン化合物は、芳香族性を有し、パラ位に位置する窒素原子を2つ含むヘテロ6員環(ピラジン環)を有する化合物であり、ピリミジン化合物は、芳香族性を有し、メタ位に位置する窒素原子を2つ含むヘテロ6員環(ピリミジン環)を有する化合物である。
 ピラジン化合物としては、例えば、ピラジン、2-メチルピラジン、2,5-ジメチルピラジン、2,3,5-トリメチルピラジン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチルピラジン、2-エチル-3-メチルピラジン、及び2-アミノ-5-メチルピラジンが挙げられる。
 ピリミジン化合物としては、例えば、ピリミジン、2-メチルピリミジン、2-アミノピリミジン、及び4,6-ジメチルピリミジンが挙げられ、2-アミノピリミジンが好ましい。
The pyrazine compound has aromaticity and has a hetero 6-membered ring (pyrazine ring) containing two nitrogen atoms located at the para position, and the pyrimidine compound has aromaticity and is at the meta position. It is a compound having a hetero 6-membered ring (pyrimidine ring) containing two located nitrogen atoms.
Examples of the pyrazine compound include pyrazine, 2-methylpyrazine, 2,5-dimethylpyrazine, 2,3,5-trimethylpyrazine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethylpyrazine and 2-ethyl-3-methylpyrazine. , And 2-amino-5-methylpyrazine.
Examples of the pyrimidine compound include pyrimidine, 2-methylpyrimidine, 2-aminopyrimidine, and 4,6-dimethylpyrimidine, and 2-aminopyrimidine is preferable.
 含窒素へテロ芳香族化合物としては、アゾール化合物又はピラジン化合物が好ましく、アゾール化合物がより好ましく、トリアゾール化合物が更に好ましい。 As the nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound, an azole compound or a pyrazine compound is preferable, an azole compound is more preferable, and a triazole compound is further preferable.
 含窒素へテロ芳香族化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 洗浄液が含窒素へテロ芳香族化合物を含む場合、洗浄液における含窒素へテロ芳香族化合物の含有量は、特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~5質量%がより好ましい。
The nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the cleaning liquid contains a nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound, the content of the nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the cleaning liquid. More preferably, 0.05 to 5% by mass.
(他の防食剤)
 他の防食剤としては、例えば、フルクトース、グルコース及びリボース等の糖類、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、及びグリセリン等のポリオール類、ポリアクリル酸、ポリマレイン酸、及びこれらの共重合体等のポリカルボン酸類、ポリビニルピロリドン、シアヌル酸、バルビツール酸及びその誘導体、グルクロン酸、スクアリン酸、α-ケト酸、アデノシン及びその誘導体、プリン化合物及びその誘導体、フェナントロリン、レゾルシノール、ヒドロキノン、ニコチンアミド及びその誘導体、フラボノ-ル及びその誘導体、アントシアニン及びその誘導体、並びにこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。
(Other anticorrosive agents)
Examples of other anticorrosive agents include saccharides such as fructose, glucose and ribose, polyols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and glycerin, polyacrylic acid, polymaleic acid, and polycarboxylic acids such as copolymers thereof. Polyvinylpyrrolidone, cyanuric acid, barbituric acid and its derivatives, glucuronic acid, squalic acid, α-ketoic acid, adenosine and its derivatives, purine compounds and their derivatives, phenanthroline, resorcinol, hydroquinone, nicotine amide and its derivatives, flavonol And derivatives thereof, anthocyanins and derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof.
<有機酸>
 洗浄液は、有機酸を含んでいてもよい。
 有機酸は、酸性の官能基を有し、水溶液中で酸性(pHが7.0未満)を示す有機化合物である。酸性の官能基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、ホスホン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシル基、及びメルカプト基が挙げられる。
 なお、本明細書では、上述した化合物(1)、アミノ酸、及びアニオン性界面活性剤として機能する化合物は、有機酸に含まれないものとする。
<Organic acid>
The cleaning liquid may contain an organic acid.
The organic acid is an organic compound having an acidic functional group and showing acidity (pH is less than 7.0) in an aqueous solution. Examples of the acidic functional group include a carboxyl group, a phosphonic acid group, a sulfo group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a mercapto group.
In this specification, the above-mentioned compound (1), amino acids, and compounds that function as anionic surfactants are not included in the organic acid.
 有機酸としては、特に制限されないが、分子内にカルボキシル基を有するカルボン酸(カルボン酸)、分子内にホスホン酸基を有するホスホン酸(ホスホン酸)、及び分子内にスルホ基を有するスルホン酸(スルホン酸)が挙げられ、カルボン酸又はホスホン酸が好ましい。 The organic acid is not particularly limited, but is a carboxylic acid having a carboxyl group in the molecule (carboxylic acid), a phosphonic acid having a phosphonic acid group in the molecule (phosphonic acid), and a sulfonic acid having a sulfo group in the molecule (the sulfonic acid). Sulfuric acid), preferably carboxylic acid or phosphonic acid.
 有機酸が有する酸性の官能基の数は特に制限されないが、1~4個が好ましく、1~3個がより好ましい。
 また、有機酸は、洗浄性能により優れる点で、残渣物に含まれる金属とキレート化する機能を有する化合物であることが好ましく、分子内に金属イオンと配位結合する官能基(配位基)を2つ以上有する化合物がより好ましい。配位基としては、上記酸性の官能基が挙げられ、カルボン酸基又はホスホン酸基が好ましい。
The number of acidic functional groups contained in the organic acid is not particularly limited, but 1 to 4 is preferable, and 1 to 3 is more preferable.
Further, the organic acid is preferably a compound having a function of chelating with the metal contained in the residue in that it is excellent in cleaning performance, and is a functional group (coordinating group) that coordinates with a metal ion in the molecule. A compound having two or more of the above is more preferable. Examples of the coordinating group include the above acidic functional groups, and a carboxylic acid group or a phosphonic acid group is preferable.
(カルボン酸)
 カルボン酸は、カルボキシル基を1個有するモノカルボン酸であってもよく、カルボキシル基を2個以上有するポリカルボン酸であってもよい。洗浄性能により優れる点で、カルボキシル基を2個以上(より好ましくは2~4個、更に好ましくは2又は3個)有するポリカルボン酸が好ましい。
(carboxylic acid)
The carboxylic acid may be a monocarboxylic acid having one carboxyl group or a polycarboxylic acid having two or more carboxyl groups. A polycarboxylic acid having 2 or more (more preferably 2 to 4, more preferably 2 or 3) carboxyl groups is preferable because it is more excellent in cleaning performance.
 カルボン酸としては、例えば、アミノポリカルボン酸、ヒドロキシカルボン酸、及び脂肪族カルボン酸が挙げられる。 Examples of the carboxylic acid include aminopolycarboxylic acid, hydroxycarboxylic acid, and aliphatic carboxylic acid.
-アミノポリカルボン酸-
 アミノポリカルボン酸は、分子内に配位基として1つ以上のアミノ基と2つ以上のカルボキシル基とを有する化合物である。
 アミノポリカルボン酸としては、例えば、アスパラギン酸、グルタミン酸、ブチレンジアミン四酢酸、ジエチレントリアミン五酢酸(DTPA)、エチレンジアミンテトラプロピオン酸、トリエチレンテトラミン六酢酸、1,3-ジアミノ-2-ヒドロキシプロパン-N,N,N’,N’-四酢酸、プロピレンジアミン四酢酸、エチレンジアミン四酢酸(EDTA)、トランス-1,2-ジアミノシクロヘキサン四酢酸(CyDTA)、エチレンジアミン二酢酸、エチレンジアミンジプロピオン酸、1,6-ヘキサメチレン-ジアミン-N,N,N’,N’-四酢酸、N,N-ビス(2-ヒドロキシベンジル)エチレンジアミン-N,N-二酢酸、ジアミノプロパン四酢酸、1,4,7,10-テトラアザシクロドデカン-四酢酸、ジアミノプロパノール四酢酸、(ヒドロキシエチル)エチレンジアミン三酢酸、及びイミノジ酢酸(IDA)が挙げられる。
 なかでも、DTPA、EDTA、CyDTA又はIDAが好ましい。
-Aminopolycarboxylic acid-
Aminopolycarboxylic acid is a compound having one or more amino groups and two or more carboxyl groups as coordinating groups in the molecule.
Examples of the aminopolycarboxylic acid include asparagic acid, glutamic acid, butylenediamine tetraacetic acid, diethylenetriaminetetraacetic acid (DTPA), ethylenediaminetetrapropionic acid, triethylenetetraminehexacetic acid, 1,3-diamino-2-hydroxypropane-N, N, N', N'-tetraacetic acid, propylenediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), trans-1,2-diaminocyclohexanetetraacetic acid (CyDTA), ethylenediaminediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediaminediaminedipropionic acid, 1,6- Hexylenediamine-diamine-N, N, N', N'-tetraacetic acid, N, N-bis (2-hydroxybenzyl) ethylenediamine-N, N-diacetate, diaminopropanetetraacetic acid, 1,4,7,10 -Tetraazacyclododecane-tetraacetic acid, diaminopropanol tetraacetic acid, (hydroxyethyl) ethylenediaminetriacetic acid, and iminodiacetic acid (IDA) can be mentioned.
Of these, DTPA, EDTA, CyDTA or IDA are preferable.
-ヒドロキシカルボン酸-
 ヒドロキシカルボン酸は、分子内に1つ以上のヒドロキシル基と1つ以上のカルボキシル基とを有する化合物である。
 洗浄液は、洗浄液の腐食防止性能を維持しながら、洗浄性能をより向上できる点で、ヒドロキシカルボン酸を含むことが好ましい。
 ヒドロキシカルボン酸としては、例えば、リンゴ酸、クエン酸、グリコール酸、酒石酸及び乳酸が挙げられ、グリコール酸、リンゴ酸、酒石酸、又はクエン酸が好ましく、クエン酸がより好ましい。
-Hydroxycarboxylic acid-
A hydroxycarboxylic acid is a compound having one or more hydroxyl groups and one or more carboxyl groups in the molecule.
The cleaning liquid preferably contains a hydroxycarboxylic acid in that the cleaning performance can be further improved while maintaining the corrosion prevention performance of the cleaning liquid.
Examples of the hydroxycarboxylic acid include malic acid, citric acid, glycolic acid, tartaric acid and lactic acid, preferably glycolic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid or citric acid, and more preferably citric acid.
-脂肪族カルボン酸-
 脂肪族カルボン酸としては、例えば、シュウ酸、マロン酸、コハク酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、ピメリン酸、セバシン酸、及びマレイン酸が挙げられ、コハク酸、又はアジピン酸が好ましい。特に、アジピン酸の使用により、他のキレート剤に比較して洗浄液の性能(洗浄性能及び腐食防止性)を大幅に向上できる。アジピン酸のこのような特異的な効果について詳細なメカニズムは不明であるが、アルキレン基の炭素鎖数が2つのカルボキシル基との関係において親水性及び疎水性に特に優れ、金属との錯形成時に安定な環構造を形成することに由来すると予想される。
-Alphatic carboxylic acid-
Examples of the aliphatic carboxylic acid include succinic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, sebacic acid, and maleic acid, and succinic acid or adipic acid is preferable. In particular, the use of adipic acid can significantly improve the performance of the cleaning liquid (cleaning performance and corrosion resistance) as compared with other chelating agents. Although the detailed mechanism of such a specific effect of adipic acid is unknown, the number of carbon chains of the alkylene group is particularly excellent in the relationship with the two carboxyl groups, and it is particularly excellent in hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity, and during complex formation with a metal. It is expected to be derived from the formation of a stable ring structure.
 上記のアミノポリカルボン酸、アミノ酸、ヒドロキシカルボン酸、及び脂肪族カルボン酸以外のカルボン酸としては、例えば、モノカルボン酸が挙げられる。
 モノカルボン酸としては、例えば、ギ酸、酢酸、プロピオン酸、及び酪酸等の低級(炭素数1~4)脂肪族モノカルボン酸が挙げられる。
Examples of the carboxylic acid other than the above aminopolycarboxylic acid, amino acid, hydroxycarboxylic acid, and aliphatic carboxylic acid include monocarboxylic acid.
Examples of the monocarboxylic acid include lower (1 to 4 carbon atoms) aliphatic monocarboxylic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, and butyric acid.
 カルボン酸としては、ヒドロキシカルボン酸、又は脂肪族カルボン酸が好ましく、シスチン、システイン、グルコン酸、グリコール酸、リンゴ酸、酒石酸、クエン酸、コハク酸、又はアジピン酸がより好ましく、システイン、グルコン酸、クエン酸、コハク酸、又はアジピン酸がより好ましい。 As the carboxylic acid, hydroxycarboxylic acid or aliphatic carboxylic acid is preferable, and cystine, cysteine, gluconic acid, glycolic acid, malic acid, tartrate acid, citric acid, succinic acid, or adipic acid is more preferable, and cysteine, gluconic acid, Citrate, succinic acid, or adipic acid is more preferred.
 カルボン酸は、1種を単独で用いても、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 洗浄液におけるカルボン酸の含有量は、特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.1質量%以上が好ましく、0.5質量%以上がより好ましい。
The carboxylic acid may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the carboxylic acid in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
(ホスホン酸)
 ホスホン酸は、ホスホン酸を1個有するモノホスホン酸であってもよく、ホスホン酸基を2個以上有するポリホスホン酸であってもよい。洗浄性能により優れる点で、ホスホン酸基を2個以上有するポリホスホン酸が好ましい。
(Phosphonate)
The phosphonic acid may be a monophosphonic acid having one phosphonic acid or a polyphosphonic acid having two or more phosphonic acid groups. Polyphosphonic acid having two or more phosphonic acid groups is preferable because it is superior in cleaning performance.
 ポリホスホン酸としては、例えば、式(P1)で表される化合物、式(P2)で表される化合物、及び式(P3)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the polyphosphonic acid include a compound represented by the formula (P1), a compound represented by the formula (P2), and a compound represented by the formula (P3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式中、Xは、水素原子又はヒドロキシル基を表し、R11は、水素原子又は炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。 In the formula, X represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, and R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
 式(P1)におけるR11で表される炭素数1~10のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状及び環状のいずれであってもよい。
 式(P1)におけるR11としては、炭素数1~6のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、又はイソプロピル基がより好ましい。
 なお、本明細書に記載するアルキル基の具体例において、n-はnormal-体を表す。
 式(P1)におけるXとしては、ヒドロキシル基が好ましい。
The alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 11 in the formula (P1) may be linear, branched or cyclic.
As R 11 in the formula (P1), an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an isopropyl group is more preferable.
In the specific examples of the alkyl group described in the present specification, n- represents a normal-form.
As X in the formula (P1), a hydroxyl group is preferable.
 式(P1)で表されるポリホスホン酸としては、エチリデンジホスホン酸、1-ヒドロキシエチリデン-1,1’-ジホスホン酸(HEDPO)、1-ヒドロキシプロピリデン-1,1’-ジホスホン酸、又は1-ヒドロキシブチリデン-1,1’-ジホスホン酸が好ましい。 Examples of the polyphosphonic acid represented by the formula (P1) include ethylidene diphosphonic acid, 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1'-diphosphonic acid (HEDPO), 1-hydroxypropyridene-1,1'-diphosphonic acid, or 1 -Hydroxybutylidene-1,1'-diphosphonic acid is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式中、Qは、水素原子又はR13-POを表し、R12及びR13は、それぞれ独立して、アルキレン基を表し、Yは、水素原子、-R13-PO、又は下記式(P4)で表される基を表す。 In the formula, Q represents a hydrogen atom or R 13- PO 3 H 2 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represent an alkylene group, and Y represents a hydrogen atom, -R 13- PO 3 H 2. , Or a group represented by the following formula (P4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 式中、Q及びR13は、式(P2)におけるQ及びR13と同じである。 In the formula, Q and R 13 are the same as Q and R 13 in the formula (P2).
 式(P2)においてR12で表されるアルキレン基としては、例えば、炭素数1~12の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキレン基が挙げられる。
 R12で表されるアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~4の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキレン基がより好ましく、エチレン基が更に好ましい。
 式(P2)及び(P4)においてR13で表されるアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキレン基が挙げられ、炭素数1~4の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキレン基が好ましく、メチレン基又はエチレン基がより好ましく、メチレン基が更に好ましい。
 式(P2)及び(P4)におけるQとしては、-R13-POが好ましい。
 式(P2)におけるYとしては、-R13-PO又は式(P4)で表される基が好ましく、式(P4)で表される基がより好ましい。
Examples of the alkylene group represented by R 12 in the formula (P2) include a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
As the alkylene group represented by R 12 , a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. Ethylene groups are more preferred.
The alkylene group represented by R 13 in formula (P2) and (P4), for example, linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, having 1 to 4 linear or carbon A branched alkylene group is preferable, a methylene group or an ethylene group is more preferable, and a methylene group is further preferable.
As Q in the formulas (P2) and (P4), -R 13- PO 3 H 2 is preferable.
As Y in the formula (P2) , a group represented by -R 13- PO 3 H 2 or the formula (P4) is preferable, and a group represented by the formula (P4) is more preferable.
 式(P2)で表される化合物としては、エチルアミノビス(メチレンホスホン酸)、ドデシルアミノビス(メチレンホスホン酸)、ニトリロトリス(メチレンホスホン酸)(NTPO)、エチレンジアミンビス(メチレンホスホン酸)(EDDPO)、1,3-プロピレンジアミンビス(メチレンホスホン酸)、エチレンジアミンテトラ(メチレンホスホン酸)(EDTPO)、エチレンジアミンテトラ(エチレンホスホン酸)、1,3-プロピレンジアミンテトラ(メチレンホスホン酸)(PDTMP)、1,2-ジアミノプロパンテトラ(メチレンホスホン酸)、又は1,6-ヘキサメチレンジアミンテトラ(メチレンホスホン酸)が好ましい。 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (P2) include ethylaminobis (methylenephosphonic acid), dodecylaminobis (methylenephosphonic acid), nitrilotris (methylenephosphonic acid) (NTPO), and ethylenediaminebis (methylenephosphonic acid) (EDDPO). ), 1,3-propylene diaminebis (methylenephosphonic acid), ethylenediaminetetra (methylenephosphonic acid) (EDTPO), ethylenediaminetetra (ethylenephosphonic acid), 1,3-propylenediaminetetra (methylenephosphonic acid) (PDTMP), 1,2-Diaminopropanetetra (methylenephosphonic acid) or 1,6-hexamethylenediaminetetra (methylenephosphonic acid) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式中、R14及びR15はそれぞれ独立して、炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を表し、nは1~4の整数を表し、Z~Z及びn個のZのうち少なくとも4つは、ホスホン酸基を有するアルキル基を表し、残りはアルキル基を表す。 Wherein, R 14 and R 15 each independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, n represents an integer of 1-4, Z 1 ~ Z 4 and at least 4 of the n Z 5 One represents an alkyl group having a phosphonic acid group, and the rest represents an alkyl group.
 式(P3)においてR14及びR15で表される炭素数1~4のアルキレン基は、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。R14及びR15で表される炭素数1~4のアルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、トリメチレン基、エチルメチレン基、テトラメチレン基、2-メチルプロピレン基、2-メチルトリメチレン基、及びエチルエチレン基が挙げられ、エチレン基が好ましい。
 式(P3)におけるnとしては、1又は2が好ましい。
The alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R 14 and R 15 in the formula (P3) may be either linear or branched. Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R 14 and R 15 include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a trimethylene group, an ethylmethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a 2-methylpropylene group and 2-. Examples thereof include a methyltrimethylene group and an ethylethylene group, and an ethylene group is preferable.
As n in the formula (P3), 1 or 2 is preferable.
 式(P3)におけるZ~Zで表されるアルキル基及びホスホン酸基を有するアルキル基におけるアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~4の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基が挙げられ、メチル基が好ましい。
 Z~Zで表されるホスホン酸基を有するアルキル基におけるホスホン酸基の数としては、1つ又は2つが好ましく、1つがより好ましい。
 Z~Zで表されるホスホン酸基を有するアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~4の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であって、ホスホン酸基を1つ又は2つ有するアルキル基が挙げられ、(モノ)ホスホノメチル基、又は(モノ)ホスホノエチル基が好ましく、(モノ)ホスホノメチル基がより好ましい。
 式(P3)におけるZ~Zとしては、Z~Z及びn個のZのすべてが、上記のホスホン酸基を有するアルキル基であることが好ましい。
Examples of the alkyl group in the alkyl group represented by Z 1 to Z 5 in the formula (P3) and the alkyl group having a phosphonic acid group include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The methyl group is preferred.
The number of phosphonic acid groups in the alkyl group having a phosphonic acid group represented by Z 1 to Z 5 is preferably one or two, and more preferably one.
The alkyl group having a phosphonic acid group represented by Z 1 to Z 5 is, for example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and having one or two phosphonic acid groups. , (Mono) phosphonomethyl group or (mono) phosphonoethyl group is preferable, and (mono) phosphonomethyl group is more preferable.
As Z 1 to Z 5 in the formula (P3), it is preferable that all of Z 1 to Z 4 and n Z 5 are the above-mentioned alkyl groups having a phosphonic acid group.
 式(P3)で表される化合物としては、ジエチレントリアミンペンタ(メチレンホスホン酸)(DEPPO)、ジエチレントリアミンペンタ(エチレンホスホン酸)、トリエチレンテトラミンヘキサ(メチレンホスホン酸)、又はトリエチレンテトラミンヘキサ(エチレンホスホン酸)が好ましい。 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (P3) include diethylenetriaminepenta (methylenephosphonic acid) (DEPPO), diethylenetriaminepenta (ethylenephosphonic acid), triethylenetetraminehexa (methylenephosphonic acid), and triethylenetetraminehexa (ethylenephosphonic acid). ) Is preferable.
 洗浄液に使用するポリホスホン酸としては、上記の式(P1)で表される化合物、式(P2)で表される化合物、及び式(P3)で表される化合物だけでなく、国際公開第2018/020878号明細書の段落[0026]~[0036]に記載の化合物及び国際公開第2018/030006号明細書の段落[0031]~[0046]に記載の化合物((共)重合体)が援用でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The polyphosphonic acid used in the washing liquid includes not only the compound represented by the above formula (P1), the compound represented by the formula (P2), and the compound represented by the formula (P3), but also International Publication No. 2018 /. The compounds described in paragraphs [0026] to [0036] of the specification of 020878 and the compounds ((co) polymers) described in paragraphs [0031] to [0046] of International Publication No. 2018/030006 can be incorporated. , These contents are incorporated herein.
 ホスホン酸が有するホスホン酸基の個数は、2~5が好ましく、2~4がより好ましく、2又は3が更に好ましい。
 また、ホスホン酸の炭素数は、12以下が好ましく、10以下がより好ましく、8以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されず、1以上が好ましい。
 ホスホン酸としては、上記の式(P1)で表される化合物、式(P2)で表される化合物、及び式(P3)で表される化合物のそれぞれにおいて好適な具体例として挙げた化合物が好ましく、HEDPがより好ましい。
The number of phosphonic acid groups contained in the phosphonic acid is preferably 2 to 5, more preferably 2 to 4, and even more preferably 2 or 3.
The carbon number of the phosphonic acid is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 8 or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and 1 or more is preferable.
As the phosphonic acid, the compounds listed as suitable specific examples in each of the above-mentioned compound represented by the formula (P1), the compound represented by the formula (P2), and the compound represented by the formula (P3) are preferable. , HEDP is more preferred.
 ホスホン酸は、1種を単独で用いても、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 洗浄液におけるホスホン酸の含有量は、特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、2質量%以下が好ましく、1質量%以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.01質量%以上が好ましく、0.05質量%以上がより好ましい。
One type of phosphonic acid may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
The content of phosphonic acid in the washing liquid is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the washing liquid. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
 有機酸としては、カルボン酸が好ましく、脂肪族カルボン酸がより好ましく、アジピン酸が更に好ましい。 As the organic acid, a carboxylic acid is preferable, an aliphatic carboxylic acid is more preferable, and adipic acid is further preferable.
 有機酸は、低分子量であることが好ましい。具体的には、有機酸の分子量は、600以下が好ましく、450以下がより好ましく、300以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、85以上が好ましい。
 また、有機酸の炭素数は、15以下が好ましく、12以下がより好ましく、8以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、2以上が好ましい。
The organic acid preferably has a low molecular weight. Specifically, the molecular weight of the organic acid is preferably 600 or less, more preferably 450 or less, still more preferably 300 or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but 85 or more is preferable.
The carbon number of the organic acid is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and even more preferably 8 or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but 2 or more is preferable.
 有機酸は、1種を単独で用いても、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。洗浄液は、洗浄性能(特にWを含む半導体基板に対する洗浄性能)に優れる点で、有機酸を2種以上含むことが好ましい。
 洗浄液における有機酸の含有量は、特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.01質量%以上が好ましく、0.05質量%以上がより好ましい。
The organic acid may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The cleaning liquid preferably contains two or more kinds of organic acids in that it is excellent in cleaning performance (particularly, cleaning performance for a semiconductor substrate containing W).
The content of the organic acid in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
<還元剤>
 洗浄液は、還元剤を含んでいてもよい。
 還元剤は、酸化作用を有し、洗浄液に含まれるOHイオン又は溶存酸素を酸化する機能を有する化合物であり、脱酸素剤とも称される。洗浄液の腐食防止性能により優れる点で、洗浄液は還元剤を含むことが好ましい。
 洗浄液に用いられる還元剤としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、アスコルビン酸化合物、カテコール化合物、ヒドロキシルアミン化合物、ヒドラジド化合物、及び還元性硫黄化合物が挙げられる。
<Reducing agent>
The cleaning liquid may contain a reducing agent.
The reducing agent is a compound having an oxidizing action and having a function of oxidizing OH- ions or dissolved oxygen contained in the cleaning liquid, and is also called a deoxidizing agent. The cleaning liquid preferably contains a reducing agent because it is more excellent in the corrosion prevention performance of the cleaning liquid.
The reducing agent used in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include ascorbic acid compounds, catechol compounds, hydroxylamine compounds, hydrazide compounds, and reducing sulfur compounds.
-アスコルビン酸化合物-
 アスコルビン酸化合物は、アスコルビン酸、アスコルビン酸誘導体、及びそれらの塩からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を意味する。
 アスコルビン酸誘導体としては、例えば、アスコルビン酸リン酸エステル、及びアスコルビン酸硫酸エステルが挙げられる。
 アスコルビン酸化合物としては、アスコルビン酸、アスコルビン酸リン酸エステル、又はアスコルビン酸硫酸エステルが好ましく、アスコルビン酸がより好ましい。
-Ascorbic acid compound-
The ascorbic acid compound means at least one selected from the group consisting of ascorbic acid, ascorbic acid derivatives, and salts thereof.
Examples of the ascorbic acid derivative include ascorbic acid phosphate ester and ascorbic acid sulfate ester.
As the ascorbic acid compound, ascorbic acid, ascorbic acid phosphate ester, or ascorbic acid sulfate ester is preferable, and ascorbic acid is more preferable.
-カテコール化合物-
 カテコール化合物は、ピロカテコール(ベンゼン-1,2-ジオール)、及びカテコール誘導体からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を意味する。
 カテコール誘導体とは、ピロカテコールに少なくとも1つの置換基が置換されてなる化合物を意味する。カテコール誘導体が有する置換基としては、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、カルボン酸エステル基、スルホ基、スルホン酸エステル基、アルキル基(炭素数1~6が好ましく、炭素数1~4がより好ましい)、及びアリール基(フェニル基が好ましい)が挙げられる。カテコール誘導体が置換基として有するカルボキシル基、及びスルホ基は、カチオンとの塩であってもよい。また、カテコール誘導体が置換基として有するアルキル基、及びアリール基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 カテコール化合物としては、例えば、ピロカテコール、4-tert-ブチルカテコール、ピロガロール、没食子酸、没食子酸メチル、1,2,4-ベンゼントリオール、及びタイロンが挙げられる。
-Catechol compound-
The catechol compound means at least one selected from the group consisting of pyrocatechol (benzene-1,2-diol) and catechol derivatives.
The catechol derivative means a compound in which at least one substituent is substituted with pyrocatechol. As the substituent contained in the catechol derivative, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylic acid ester group, a sulfo group, a sulfonic acid ester group, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms), and Examples include an aryl group (preferably a phenyl group). The carboxyl group and sulfo group of the catechol derivative as substituents may be salts with cations. Further, the alkyl group and the aryl group that the catechol derivative has as a substituent may further have a substituent.
Examples of the catechol compound include pyrocatechol, 4-tert-butylcatechol, pyrogallol, gallate, methyl gallate, 1,2,4-benzenetriol, and tyron.
-ヒドロキシルアミン化合物-
 ヒドロキシルアミン化合物は、ヒドロキシルアミン(NHOH)、ヒドロキシルアミン誘導体、及びそれらの塩からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を意味する。また、ヒドロキシルアミン誘導体とは、ヒドロキシルアミン(NHOH)に少なくとも1つの有機基が置換されてなる化合物を意味する。アルカノールアミンとは異なる化合物が好ましい。
 ヒドロキシルアミン又はヒドロキシルアミン誘導体の塩は、ヒドロキシルアミン又はヒドロキシルアミン誘導体の無機酸塩又は有機酸塩であってもよい。ヒドロキシルアミン又はヒドロキシルアミン誘導体の塩としては、Cl、S、N及びPからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の非金属が水素と結合してなる無機酸との塩が好ましく、塩酸塩、硫酸塩、又は硝酸塩がより好ましい。
-Hydroxylamine compound-
Hydroxylamine compound means at least one selected from the group consisting of hydroxylamine (NH 2 OH), hydroxylamine derivatives, and salts thereof. Further, the hydroxylamine derivative means a compound in which at least one organic group is substituted with hydroxylamine (NH 2 OH). Compounds different from alkanolamines are preferred.
The salt of the hydroxylamine or the hydroxylamine derivative may be an inorganic acid salt or an organic acid salt of the hydroxylamine or the hydroxylamine derivative. As the salt of the hydroxylamine or the hydroxylamine derivative, a salt with an inorganic acid in which at least one non-metal selected from the group consisting of Cl, S, N and P is bonded to hydrogen is preferable, and a salt salt and a sulfate are used. Salts or nitrates are more preferred.
 ヒドロキシルアミン化合物としては、例えば、下記式(3)で表される化合物又はその塩が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydroxylamine compound include a compound represented by the following formula (3) or a salt thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式(3)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。 In formula (3), R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
 R及びRで表される有機基としては、炭素数1~6のアルキル基が好ましい。炭素数1~6のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状及び環状のいずれであってもよい。
 また、R及びRの少なくとも一方が有機基(より好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基)であることが好ましい。
 炭素数1~6のアルキル基としては、エチル基又はn-プロピル基が好ましく、エチル基がより好ましい。
The organic group represented by R 5 and R 6, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic.
Further, it is preferable that at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an organic group (more preferably, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
As the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an ethyl group or an n-propyl group is preferable, and an ethyl group is more preferable.
 ヒドロキシルアミン化合物としては、例えば、ヒドロキシルアミン、O-メチルヒドロキシルアミン、O-エチルヒドロキシルアミン、N-メチルヒドロキシルアミン、N,N-ジメチルヒドロキシルアミン、N,O-ジメチルヒドロキシルアミン、N-エチルヒドロキシルアミン、N,N-ジエチルヒドロキシルアミン、N,O-ジエチルヒドロキシルアミン、O,N,N-トリメチルヒドロキシルアミン、N,N-ジカルボキシエチルヒドロキシルアミン、及び、N,N-ジスルホエチルヒドロキシルアミンが挙げられる。
 なかでも、N-エチルヒドロキシルアミン、N,N-ジエチルヒドロキシルアミン(DEHA)又はN-n-プロピルヒドロキシルアミンが好ましく、DEHAがより好ましい。
Examples of the hydroxylamine compound include hydroxylamine, O-methylhydroxylamine, O-ethylhydroxylamine, N-methylhydroxylamine, N, N-dimethylhydroxylamine, N, O-dimethylhydroxylamine and N-ethylhydroxylamine. , N, N-diethyl hydroxylamine, N, O-diethylhydroxylamine, O, N, N-trimethylhydroxylamine, N, N-dicarboxyethyl hydroxylamine, and N, N-disulfoethyl hydroxylamine. Will be.
Of these, N-ethylhydroxylamine, N, N-diethylhydroxylamine (DEHA) or Nn-propylhydroxylamine are preferable, and DEHA is more preferable.
-ヒドラジド化合物-
 ヒドラジド化合物は、酸のヒドロキシル基をヒドラジノ基(-NH-NH)で置換してなる化合物、及びその誘導体(ヒドラジノ基に少なくとも1つの置換基が置換されてなる化合物)を意味する。
 ヒドラジド化合物は、2つ以上のヒドラジノ基を有していてもよい。
 ヒドラジド化合物としては、例えば、カルボン酸ヒドラジド及びスルホン酸ヒドラジドが挙げられ、カルボヒドラジド(CHZ)が好ましい。
-Hydrazide compound-
The hydrazide compound means a compound in which the hydroxyl group of an acid is substituted with a hydrazino group (-NH-NH 2 ), and a derivative thereof (a compound in which at least one substituent is substituted with a hydrazino group).
The hydrazide compound may have two or more hydrazino groups.
Examples of the hydrazide compound include carboxylic acid hydrazide and sulfonic acid hydrazide, and carbohydrazide (CHZ) is preferable.
-還元性硫黄化合物-
 還元性硫黄化合物としては、硫黄原子を含み、還元剤としての機能を有する化合物であれば特に制限されないが、例えば、メルカプトコハク酸、ジチオジグリセロール、ビス(2,3-ジヒドロキシプロピルチオ)エチレン、3-(2,3-ジヒドロキシプロピルチオ)-2-メチル-プロピルスルホン酸ナトリウム、1-チオグリセロール、3-メルカプト-1-プロパンスルホン酸ナトリウム、2-メルカプトエタノール、チオグリコール酸、及び3-メルカプト-1-プロパノールが挙げられる。
 なかでも、SH基を有する化合物(メルカプト化合物)が好ましく、1-チオグリセロール、3-メルカプト-1-プロパンスルホン酸ナトリウム、2-メルカプトエタノール、3-メルカプト-1-プロパノール、又はチオグリコール酸がより好ましい。
-Reducing sulfur compounds-
The reducing sulfur compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound containing a sulfur atom and having a function as a reducing agent, and for example, mercaptosuccinic acid, dithiodiglycerol, bis (2,3-dihydroxypropylthio) ethylene, etc. 3- (2,3-Dihydroxypropylthio) -2-methyl-propyl sulfonate sodium, 1-thioglycerol, 3-mercapto-1-propanesulfonate sodium, 2-mercaptoethanol, thioglycolic acid, and 3-mercapto -1-Propanol can be mentioned.
Among them, a compound having an SH group (mercapto compound) is preferable, and 1-thioglycerol, 3-mercapto-1-propanesulfonate sodium, 2-mercaptoethanol, 3-mercapto-1-propanol, or thioglycolic acid is more preferable. preferable.
 還元剤としては、アスコルビン酸化合物又はヒドロキシルアミン化合物が好ましく、ヒドロキシルアミン化合物がより好ましい。 As the reducing agent, an ascorbic acid compound or a hydroxylamine compound is preferable, and a hydroxylamine compound is more preferable.
 還元剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。腐食防止性能(特にWを含む半導体基板に対する腐食防止性能)により優れる点で、洗浄液は、2種以上の還元剤を含むことが好ましい。
 洗浄液が還元剤を含む場合、還元剤の含有量は特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.01~20質量%が好ましく、0.1~5質量%がより好ましい。
 なお、これらの還元剤は、市販のものを用いてもよいし、公知の方法に従って合成したものを用いてもよい。
As the reducing agent, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. The cleaning liquid preferably contains two or more kinds of reducing agents in that it is excellent in corrosion prevention performance (particularly, corrosion prevention performance for semiconductor substrates containing W).
When the cleaning liquid contains a reducing agent, the content of the reducing agent is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid.
As these reducing agents, commercially available ones may be used, or those synthesized according to a known method may be used.
<特定キレート剤>
 洗浄液は、特定のキレート剤を含んでいてもよい。
 洗浄液は、配位基が窒素含有基を有する特定キレート剤を含んでいてもよい。特定キレート剤は、1分子中に金属イオンと配位結合する配位基として窒素含有基を2つ以上有する。配位基である窒素含有基としては、例えば、アミノ基が挙げられる。
<Specific chelating agent>
The cleaning solution may contain a specific chelating agent.
The cleaning solution may contain a specific chelating agent whose coordination group has a nitrogen-containing group. The specific chelating agent has two or more nitrogen-containing groups as coordination groups that coordinate with metal ions in one molecule. Examples of the nitrogen-containing group as a coordination group include an amino group.
 特定キレート剤としては、例えば、ビグアニド基を有する化合物又はその塩であるビグアニド化合物が挙げられる。ビグアニド化合物が有するビグアニド基の数は特に制限されず、複数のビグアニド基を有していてもよい。
 ビグアニド化合物としては、特表2017-504190号公報の段落[0034]~[0055]に記載の化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Examples of the specific chelating agent include a compound having a biguanide group or a biguanide compound which is a salt thereof. The number of biguanide groups contained in the biguanide compound is not particularly limited, and may have a plurality of biguanide groups.
Examples of the biguanide compound include the compounds described in paragraphs [0034] to [0055] of JP-A-2017-504190, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
 ビグアニド基を有する化合物としては、エチレンジビグアニド、プロピレンジビグアニド、テトラメチレンジビグアニド、ペンタメチレンジビグアニド、ヘキサメチレンジビグアニド、ヘプタメチレンジビグアニド、オクタメチレンジビグアニド、1,1’-ヘキサメチレンビス(5-(p-クロロフェニル)ビグアニド)(クロルヘキシジン)、2-(ベンジルオキシメチル)ペンタン-1,5-ビス(5-ヘキシルビグアニド)、2-(フェニルチオメチル)ペンタン-1,5-ビス(5-フェネチルビグアニド)、3-(フェニルチオ)ヘキサン-1,6-ビス(5-ヘキシルビグアニド)、3-(フェニルチオ)ヘキサン-1,6-ビス(5-シクロヘキシルビグアニド)、3-(ベンジルチオ)ヘキサン-1,6-ビス(5-ヘキシルビグアニド)又は3-(ベンジルチオ)ヘキサン-1,6-ビス(5-シクロヘキシルビグアニド)が好ましく、クロルヘキシジンがより好ましい。
 ビグアニド基を有する化合物の塩としては、塩酸塩、酢酸塩又はグルコン酸塩が好ましく、グルコン酸塩がより好ましい。
 特定キレート剤としては、クロルヘキシジングルコン酸塩(CHG)が好ましい。
Examples of the compound having a biguanide group include ethylene diviguanide, propylene diviguanide, tetramethylene diviguanide, pentamethylene diviguanide, hexamethylene diviguanide, heptamethylene diviguanide, octamethylene diviguanide, and 1,1'-hexamethylenebis ( 5- (p-chlorophenyl) biguanide) (chlorhexidine), 2- (benzyloxymethyl) pentane-1,5-bis (5-hexylbiguanide), 2- (phenylthiomethyl) pentane-1,5-bis (5) -Phenetyl biguanide), 3- (phenylthio) hexane-1,6-bis (5-hexylbiguanide), 3- (phenylthio) hexane-1,6-bis (5-cyclohexylbiguanide), 3- (benzylthio) hexane- 1,6-bis (5-hexylbiguanide) or 3- (benzylthio) hexane-1,6-bis (5-cyclohexylbiguanide) is preferred, and chlorhexidine is more preferred.
As the salt of the compound having a biguanide group, hydrochloride, acetate or gluconate is preferable, and gluconate is more preferable.
As the specific chelating agent, chlorhexidine gluconate (CHG) is preferable.
 特定キレート剤は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 洗浄液が特定キレート剤を含む場合、洗浄液における特定キレート剤の含有量は、特に制限されないが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~5質量%がより好ましい。
The specific chelating agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the cleaning liquid contains a specific chelating agent, the content of the specific chelating agent in the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid. More preferred.
 洗浄液は、洗浄性能(特にWを含む金属膜に対する洗浄性能)に優れる点で、含窒素へテロ芳香族化合物及び特定キレート剤の両者を含むことが好ましい。
 洗浄液が含窒素へテロ芳香族化合物及び特定キレート剤の両者を含む場合、洗浄液における含窒素へテロ芳香族化合物の含有量に対する特定キレート剤の含有量の質量比〔特定キレート剤の含有量/含窒素へテロ芳香族化合物〕の値は、特に制限されないが、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~5が更に好ましい。
The cleaning liquid preferably contains both a nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound and a specific chelating agent because it is excellent in cleaning performance (particularly, cleaning performance for a metal film containing W).
When the cleaning solution contains both a nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound and a specific chelating agent, the mass ratio of the content of the specific chelating agent to the content of the nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compound in the cleaning solution [content of the specific chelating agent / content of the specific chelating agent] The value of the nitrogen chelate aromatic compound] is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 5.
<添加剤>
 洗浄液は、上記成分以外の添加剤を含んでいてもよい。
 上記成分以外の添加剤としては、例えば、酸化剤、重合体、他のpH調整剤、他の防食剤、フッ素化合物、及び有機溶剤等が挙げられる。
<Additives>
The cleaning liquid may contain additives other than the above-mentioned components.
Examples of additives other than the above components include oxidizing agents, polymers, other pH adjusters, other anticorrosive agents, fluorine compounds, organic solvents and the like.
(酸化剤)
 洗浄液は、上記成分以外に酸化剤を含んでいてもよい。
 酸化剤としては、例えば、過ヨウ素酸又はその塩、過硫酸アンモニウム、過硫酸カリウム、過酸化水素、硝酸第二鉄、硝酸二アンモニウムセリウム、硫酸鉄、次亜塩素酸、オゾン、及び過酢酸が挙げられ、過ヨウ素酸又はその塩が好ましい。
(Oxidant)
The cleaning liquid may contain an oxidizing agent in addition to the above components.
Examples of the oxidizing agent include periodic acid or a salt thereof, ammonium persulfate, potassium persulfate, hydrogen peroxide, ferric nitrate, diammonium cerium nitrate, iron sulfate, hypochlorite, ozone, and peracetic acid. Therefore, periodic acid or a salt thereof is preferable.
 酸化剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 洗浄液が酸化剤を含む場合、その含有量は、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.01~30質量%が好ましく、0.05~20質量%がより好ましく、5~15質量%が更に好ましい。
As the oxidizing agent, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
When the cleaning liquid contains an oxidizing agent, the content thereof is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 20% by mass, still more preferably 5 to 15% by mass, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid. ..
(重合体)
 洗浄液は、重合体を含んでいてもよい。
 上記重合体は、上述の各成分とは異なる成分である。
 重合体の重量平均分子量は、500以上が好ましく、1000以上がより好ましく、2000以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、1000000以下が好ましく、500000以下がより好ましい。
 なかでも、重合体が後述の水溶性重合体である場合、水溶性重合体の重量平均分子量は、1000以上が好ましく、1500以上がより好ましく、3000以上が更に好ましい。水溶性重合体の重量平均分子量の上限に制限はなく、例えば、1500000以下であり、1200000以下が好ましく、1000000以下がより好ましく、10000以下が更に好ましい。
 なお、本明細書中における「重量平均分子量」とは、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)によって測定されたポリエチレングリコール換算の重量平均分子量のことを指す。
 重合体は、カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位((メタ)アクリル酸に由来する繰り返し単位等)を有することが好ましい。カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、重合体の全質量に対して、30~100質量%が好ましく、70~100質量%がより好ましく、85~100質量%が更に好ましい。
(Polymer)
The cleaning liquid may contain a polymer.
The polymer is a component different from each of the above components.
The weight average molecular weight of the polymer is preferably 500 or more, more preferably 1000 or more, still more preferably 2000 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less.
Among them, when the polymer is a water-soluble polymer described later, the weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble polymer is preferably 1000 or more, more preferably 1500 or more, still more preferably 3000 or more. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble polymer is not limited, and is, for example, 1500,000 or less, preferably 120,000 or less, more preferably 1,000,000 or less, still more preferably 10,000 or less.
The "weight average molecular weight" in the present specification refers to the weight average molecular weight in terms of polyethylene glycol measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
The polymer preferably has a repeating unit having a carboxy group (such as a repeating unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid). The content of the repeating unit having a carboxy group is preferably 30 to 100% by mass, more preferably 70 to 100% by mass, still more preferably 85 to 100% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer.
 重合体は、水溶性重合体であることも好ましい。
 なお、「水溶性重合体」とは、2以上の繰り返し単位が線状又は網目状に共有結合を介して連なった化合物であって、20℃の水100gに溶解する質量が0.1g以上である化合物を意図する。
The polymer is also preferably a water-soluble polymer.
The "water-soluble polymer" is a compound in which two or more repeating units are linearly or reticulated via covalent bonds, and the mass dissolved in 100 g of water at 20 ° C. is 0.1 g or more. Intended for a compound.
 水溶性重合体としては、例えば、ポリアクリル酸、ポリメタクリル酸、ポリマレイン酸、ポリビニルスルホン酸、ポリアリルスルホン酸、ポリスチレンスルホン酸、及び、これらの塩;スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、及び/又は、4-メチルスチレン等のモノマーと、(メタ)アクリル酸、及び/又は、マレイン酸等の酸モノマーとの共重合体、並びに、これらの塩;ベンゼンスルホン酸、及び/又は、ナフタレンスルホン酸等をホルマリンで縮合させた芳香族炭化水素基を有する繰り返し単位を有する重合体、並びに、これらの塩;ポリビニルアルコール、ポリオキシエチレン、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリビニルピリジン、ポリアクリルアミド、ポリビニルホルムアミド、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリビニルオキサゾリン、ポリビニルイミダゾール、及び、ポリアリルアミン等のビニル系合成ポリマー;ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、カルボキシメチルセルロース、及び、加工澱粉等の天然多糖類の変性物が挙げられる。 Examples of the water-soluble polymer include polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, polymaleic acid, polyvinyl sulfonic acid, polyallyl sulfonic acid, polystyrene sulfonic acid, and salts thereof; styrene, α-methylstyrene, and / or. Polymers of monomers such as 4-methylstyrene and acid monomers such as (meth) acrylic acid and / or maleic acid, and salts thereof; benzenesulfonic acid and / or naphthalenesulfonic acid and the like. Polymers with repeating units having aromatic hydrocarbon groups condensed with formarin, and salts thereof; polyvinyl alcohol, polyoxyethylene, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinylpyridine, polyacrylamide, polyvinylformamide, polyethyleneimine, polyvinyloxazoline, Vinyl-based synthetic polymers such as polyvinylimidazole and polyallylamine; modified natural polysaccharides such as hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, and processed starch can be mentioned.
 水溶性重合体は、ホモポリマーであっても、2種以上の単量体を共重合させた共重合体であってもよい。このような単量体としては、例えば、カルボキシル基を有する単量体、スルホン酸基を有する単量体、ヒドロキシル基を有する単量体、ポリエチレンオキシド鎖を有する単量体、アミノ基を有する単量体、及び、複素環を有する単量体からなる群から選択される単量体が挙げられる。
 水溶性重合体は、実質的に、上記群から選択される単量体に由来する構造単位のみからなる重合体であることも好ましい。重合体が実質的に上記群から選択される単量体に由来する構造単位のみであるとは、例えば、重合体の質量に対して、上記群から選択される単量体に由来する構造単位の含有量が、95~100質量%であることが好ましく、99~100質量%であることがより好ましい。
The water-soluble polymer may be a homopolymer or a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing two or more kinds of monomers. Examples of such a monomer include a monomer having a carboxyl group, a monomer having a sulfonic acid group, a monomer having a hydroxyl group, a monomer having a polyethylene oxide chain, and a simpler having an amino group. Examples thereof include a monomer selected from the group consisting of a monomer having a metric and a heterocycle.
It is also preferable that the water-soluble polymer is substantially composed of only structural units derived from the monomers selected from the above group. The fact that the polymer is substantially only the structural unit derived from the monomer selected from the above group means that, for example, the structural unit derived from the monomer selected from the above group with respect to the mass of the polymer is used. The content of the above is preferably 95 to 100% by mass, more preferably 99 to 100% by mass.
 重合体としては、例えば、ポリアクリル酸(Mw=700,000)(東亞合成株式会社製、商品名「ジュリマーAC-10H」)、ポリアクリル酸(Mw=55,000)(東亞合成株式会社製、商品名「ジュリマーAC-10L」)、ポリアクリル酸(Mw=6,000)(東亞合成株式会社製、商品名「アロンA-10SL」)、スチレン-マレイン酸共重合体(第一工業製薬株式会社製、商品名「DKSディスコートN-10」)(Mw=3,200)、スチレン-マレイン酸ハーフエステル共重合体(第一工業製薬株式会社製、商品名「DKSディスコートN-14」(Mw=3,600))、ナフタレンスルホン酸ホルマリン縮合物Na塩(第一工業製薬株式会社製、商品名「ラベリンFD-40」、(Mw=2,700))、及びポリマレイン酸(Mw=2,000)(日油株式会社製、商品名「ノンポールPWA-50W」)が挙げられる。 Examples of the polymer include polyacrylic acid (Mw = 700,000) (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., trade name “Julimer AC-10H”) and polyacrylic acid (Mw = 55,000) (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.). , Product name "Julimer AC-10L"), Polyacrylic acid (Mw = 6,000) (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., Product name "Aron A-10SL"), Styrene-maleic acid copolymer (Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) Made by Co., Ltd., trade name "DKS Discoat N-10") (Mw = 3,200), styrene-maleic acid half ester copolymer (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd., trade name "DKS Disccoat N-14" (Mw = 3,600)), Naphthalene sulfonic acid formarin condensate Na salt (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd., trade name "Laberin FD-40", (Mw = 2,700)), and polymeric acid (Mw). = 2,000) (manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd., trade name "Non-Pole PWA-50W").
 また、重合体としては、他にも、特開2016-171294号公報の段落[0043]~[0047]に記載の水溶性重合体も挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Further, as the polymer, other water-soluble polymers described in paragraphs [0043] to [0047] of JP-A-2016-171294 are also mentioned, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 重合体は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 洗浄液が重合体を含む場合、その含有量は、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.001質量%以上が好ましく、0.05質量%以上がより好ましく、0.1質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、20質量%以下が好ましく、10質量%以下がより好ましく、5質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 重合体の含有量が上記範囲内であると、基板の表面に重合体が適度に吸着して洗浄液の腐食防止性能の向上に寄与でき、かつ、洗浄液の粘度及び/又は洗浄性能のバランスも良好にできる。
As the polymer, one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
When the cleaning liquid contains a polymer, the content thereof is preferably 0.001% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the cleaning liquid. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and further preferably 5% by mass or less.
When the content of the polymer is within the above range, the polymer is appropriately adsorbed on the surface of the substrate and can contribute to the improvement of the corrosion prevention performance of the cleaning liquid, and the viscosity and / or the cleaning performance of the cleaning liquid is well balanced. Can be done.
(分子量500以上のポリヒドロキシ化合物)
 洗浄液は、分子量500以上のポリヒドロキシ化合物を含んでもよい。
 上記ポリヒドロキシ化合物は、上述の各成分とは異なる成分である。
 上記ポリヒドロキシ化合物は、一分子中に2個以上(例えば2~200個)のアルコール性水酸基を有する有機化合物である。
 上記ポリヒドロキシ化合物の分子量(分子量分布を有する場合は重量平均分子量)は、500以上であり、500~3000が好ましい。
(Polyhydroxy compound having a molecular weight of 500 or more)
The cleaning liquid may contain a polyhydroxy compound having a molecular weight of 500 or more.
The polyhydroxy compound is a component different from each of the above-mentioned components.
The polyhydroxy compound is an organic compound having two or more (for example, 2 to 200) alcoholic hydroxyl groups in one molecule.
The molecular weight of the polyhydroxy compound (weight average molecular weight when having a molecular weight distribution) is 500 or more, preferably 500 to 3000.
 上記ポリヒドロキシ化合物としては、例えば、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングルコール、及び、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレングリコール等のポリオキシアルキレングリコール;マンニトリオース、セロトリオース、ゲンチアノース、ラフィノース、メレチトース、セロテトロース、及び、スタキオース等のオリゴ糖;デンプン、グリコーゲン、セルロース、キシロース、キチン、及び、キトサン等の多糖類及びその加水分解物が挙げられる。 Examples of the polyhydroxy compound include polyoxyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, and polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene glycol; mannitriose, cellotriose, gentianose, raffinose, meletitos, cellotetholose, and stachyose. Oligosaccharides; polysaccharides such as starch, glycogen, cellulose, xylose, chitin, and chitosan and their hydrolyzates.
 また、上記ポリヒドロキシ化合物は、シクロデキストリンも好ましい。シクロデキストリンは、複数のD-グルコースがグルコシド結合によって結合し、環状構造をとった環状オリゴ糖の一種である。グルコースが5個以上(例えば6~8個)結合した化合物が知られている。
 シクロデキストリンとしては、例えば、α-シクロデキストリン、β-シクロデキストリン、及び、γ-シクロデキストリンが挙げられ、なかでも、γ-シクロデキストリンが好ましい。
Further, as the polyhydroxy compound, cyclodextrin is also preferable. Cyclodextrin is a kind of cyclic oligosaccharide having a cyclic structure in which a plurality of D-glucoses are bound by a glucosidic bond. Compounds to which 5 or more (for example, 6 to 8) glucose are bound are known.
Examples of the cyclodextrin include α-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin, and γ-cyclodextrin, and among them, γ-cyclodextrin is preferable.
 上記ポリヒドロキシ化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
 洗浄液が上記ポリヒドロキシ化合物を含む場合、その含有量は、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~5質量%がより好ましく、0.1~3質量%が更に好ましい。
The polyhydroxy compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the cleaning liquid contains the above polyhydroxy compound, the content thereof is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass, and 0.1 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the cleaning liquid. % Is more preferable.
(他のpH調整剤)
 洗浄液は、上記成分以外に洗浄液のpHを調整及び維持するためにpH調整剤を含んでいてもよい。pH調整剤としては、上記成分以外の塩基性化合物及び酸性化合物が挙げられる。
(Other pH regulators)
In addition to the above components, the cleaning liquid may contain a pH adjusting agent for adjusting and maintaining the pH of the cleaning liquid. Examples of the pH adjuster include basic compounds and acidic compounds other than the above components.
 塩基性化合物としては、塩基性有機化合物及び塩基性無機化合物が挙げられる。
 塩基性有機化合物は、上記成分とは異なる塩基性の有機化合物である。塩基性有機化合物としては、例えば、アミンオキシド、ニトロ、ニトロソ、オキシム、ケトオキシム、アルドオキシム、ラクタム、イソシアニド類、及び尿素が挙げられる。
 塩基性無機化合物としては、例えば、アルカリ金属水酸化物、アルカリ土類金属水酸化物、及びアンモニアが挙げられる。
 アルカリ金属水酸化物としては、例えば、水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、及び水酸化セシウムが挙げられる。アルカリ土類金属水酸化物としては、例えば、水酸化カルシウム、水酸化ストロンチウム、及び水酸化バリウムが挙げられる。
Examples of the basic compound include a basic organic compound and a basic inorganic compound.
The basic organic compound is a basic organic compound different from the above-mentioned components. Examples of the basic organic compound include amine oxides, nitros, nitroso, oximes, ketooximes, aldoximes, lactams, isocyanides, and ureas.
Examples of the basic inorganic compound include alkali metal hydroxides, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, and ammonia.
Examples of the alkali metal hydroxide include lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and cesium hydroxide. Examples of the alkaline earth metal hydroxide include calcium hydroxide, strontium hydroxide, and barium hydroxide.
 これらの塩基性化合物は、市販のものを用いてもよいし、公知の方法によって適宜合成したものを用いてもよい。 As these basic compounds, commercially available ones may be used, or those appropriately synthesized by a known method may be used.
 酸性化合物としては、例えば、無機酸が挙げられる。
 無機酸としては、例えば、塩酸、硫酸、亜硫酸、硝酸、亜硝酸、リン酸、ホウ酸、及び六フッ化リン酸が挙げられる。また、無機酸の塩を使用してもよく、例えば、無機酸のアンモニウム塩が挙げられ、より具体的には、塩化アンモニウム、硫酸アンモニウム、亜硫酸アンモニウム、硝酸アンモニウム、亜硝酸アンモニウム、リン酸アンモニウム、ホウ酸アンモニウム、及び六フッ化リン酸アンモニウムが挙げられる。
 無機酸としては、リン酸、又はリン酸塩が好ましく、リン酸がより好ましい。
Examples of the acidic compound include inorganic acids.
Examples of the inorganic acid include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, sulfite, nitric acid, nitrite, phosphoric acid, boric acid, and hexafluorophosphate. In addition, salts of inorganic acids may be used, and examples thereof include ammonium salts of inorganic acids, and more specifically, ammonium chloride, ammonium sulfate, ammonium sulfite, ammonium nitrate, ammonium nitrite, ammonium phosphate, and ammonium borate. , And ammonium hexafluoride phosphate.
As the inorganic acid, phosphoric acid or phosphate is preferable, and phosphoric acid is more preferable.
 酸性化合物としては、水溶液中で酸又は酸イオン(アニオン)となるものであれば、酸性化合物の塩を用いてもよい。
 酸性化合物は、市販のものを用いてもよいし、公知の方法によって適宜合成したものを用いてもよい。
As the acidic compound, a salt of the acidic compound may be used as long as it becomes an acid or an acid ion (anion) in an aqueous solution.
As the acidic compound, a commercially available compound may be used, or a compound appropriately synthesized by a known method may be used.
 pH調整剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 洗浄液がpH調整剤を含む場合、その含有量は、他の成分の種類及び量、並びに目的とする洗浄液のpHに応じて選択されるが、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.01~3質量%が好ましく、0.05~1質量%がより好ましい。
As the pH adjuster, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
When the cleaning solution contains a pH adjuster, the content thereof is selected according to the type and amount of other components and the pH of the target cleaning solution, but is 0.01 to 3 with respect to the total mass of the cleaning solution. The mass% is preferable, and 0.05 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
(フッ素化合物)
 フッ素化合物としては、特開2005-150236号公報の段落[0013]~[0015]に記載の化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
(Fluorine compound)
Examples of the fluorine compound include the compounds described in paragraphs [0013] to [0015] of JP-A-2005-150236, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
(有機溶剤)
 有機溶剤としては、公知の有機溶剤をいずれも使用できるが、アルコール、及びケトン等の親水性有機溶剤が好ましい。有機溶剤は、単独でも2種類以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。
(Organic solvent)
As the organic solvent, any known organic solvent can be used, but hydrophilic organic solvents such as alcohol and ketone are preferable. The organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
(他のキレート剤)
 洗浄液は、キレート機能を有する有機酸及び特定キレート剤を除く他のキレート剤を含んでいてもよい。他のキレート剤としては、例えば、縮合リン酸及びその塩等の無機酸系キレート剤が挙げられる。
 縮合リン酸及びその塩としては、例えば、ピロリン酸及びその塩、メタリン酸及びその塩、トリポリリン酸及びその塩、並びにヘキサメタリン酸及びその塩が挙げられる。
 他の防食剤、他のキレート剤、重合体、フッ素化合物、及び有機溶剤の使用量は特に制限されず、本発明の効果を妨げない範囲で適宜設定すればよい。
(Other chelating agents)
The cleaning liquid may contain an organic acid having a chelating function and other chelating agents other than the specific chelating agent. Examples of other chelating agents include inorganic acid-based chelating agents such as condensed phosphoric acid and salts thereof.
Examples of the condensed phosphoric acid and its salt include pyrophosphoric acid and its salt, metaphosphoric acid and its salt, tripolyphosphoric acid and its salt, and hexametaphosphoric acid and its salt.
The amount of other anticorrosive agent, other chelating agent, polymer, fluorine compound, and organic solvent used is not particularly limited and may be appropriately set as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.
 なお、上記の各成分の洗浄液における含有量は、ガスクロマトグラフィー-質量分析(GC-MS:Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry)法、液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(LC-MS:Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry)法、及びイオン交換クロマトグラフィー(IC:Ion-exchange Chromatography)法等の公知の方法によって測定できる。 The content of each of the above components in the washing solution is determined by a gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS) method or a liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS) method. , And a known method such as an ion-exchange chromatography (IC) method.
〔洗浄液の物性〕
<金属含有量>
 洗浄液において、液中に不純物として含まれる金属(Fe、Co、Na、K、Cu、Mg、Mn、Li、Al、Cr、Ni、Zn、Sn、及びAgの金属元素)の含有量(イオン濃度として測定される)がいずれも5質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、1質量ppm以下であることがより好ましい。最先端の半導体素子の製造においては、更に高純度の洗浄液が求められることが想定されることから、その金属含有量が1質量ppmよりも低い値、すなわち、質量ppbオーダー以下であることが更に好ましく、100質量ppb以下であることが特に好ましく、10質量ppb未満であることが最も好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、0が好ましい。
[Physical characteristics of cleaning liquid]
<Metal content>
In the cleaning liquid, the content (ion concentration) of metals (metal elements of Fe, Co, Na, K, Cu, Mg, Mn, Li, Al, Cr, Ni, Zn, Sn, and Ag) contained as impurities in the liquid. (Measured as) is preferably 5 mass ppm or less, and more preferably 1 mass ppm or less. Since it is assumed that a cleaning liquid having higher purity is required in the manufacture of the most advanced semiconductor element, the metal content thereof should be lower than 1 mass ppm, that is, the mass ppb order or less. It is particularly preferably 100 mass ppb or less, and most preferably less than 10 mass ppb. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but 0 is preferable.
 金属含有量の低減方法としては、例えば、洗浄液を製造する際に使用する原材料の段階、又は洗浄液の製造後の段階において、蒸留、及びイオン交換樹脂又はフィルタを用いたろ過等の精製処理を行うことが挙げられる。
 他の金属含有量の低減方法としては、例えば、原材料又は製造された洗浄液を収容する容器として、後述する不純物の溶出が少ない容器を用いることが挙げられる。また、洗浄液の製造時に配管等から金属成分が溶出しないように、配管内壁にフッ素系樹脂のライニングを施すことも挙げられる。
As a method for reducing the metal content, for example, distillation and purification treatment such as filtration using an ion exchange resin or a filter are performed at the stage of the raw material used in the production of the cleaning liquid or the stage after the production of the cleaning liquid. Can be mentioned.
As another method for reducing the metal content, for example, as a container for accommodating a raw material or a manufactured cleaning liquid, a container with less elution of impurities, which will be described later, may be used. Further, it is also possible to lining the inner wall of the pipe with a fluororesin so that the metal component does not elute from the pipe or the like during the production of the cleaning liquid.
<粗大粒子>
 洗浄液は、粗大粒子を含んでいてもよいが、その含有量が低いことが好ましい。ここで、粗大粒子とは、粒子の形状を球体とみなした場合における直径(粒径)が0.4μm以上である粒子を意味する。
 洗浄液における粗大粒子の含有量としては、粒径0.4μm以上の粒子の含有量が、洗浄液1mLあたり1000個以下であることが好ましく、500個以下であることがより好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、0個が挙げられる。また、下記の測定方法で測定された粒径0.4μm以上の粒子の含有量が検出限界値以下であることがより好ましい。
 洗浄液に含まれる粗大粒子は、原料に不純物として含まれる塵、埃、有機固形物、及び無機固形物等の粒子、並びに洗浄液の調製中に汚染物として持ち込まれる塵、埃、有機固形物、及び無機固形物等の粒子であって、最終的に洗浄液中で溶解せずに粒子として存在するものが該当する。
 洗浄液中に存在する粗大粒子の含有量は、レーザを光源とした光散乱式液中粒子測定方式における市販の測定装置を利用して液相で測定できる。
 粗大粒子の除去方法としては、例えば、後述するフィルタリング等の精製処理が挙げられる。
<Coarse particles>
The cleaning liquid may contain coarse particles, but the content thereof is preferably low. Here, the coarse particles mean particles having a diameter (particle size) of 0.4 μm or more when the shape of the particles is regarded as a sphere.
As for the content of coarse particles in the cleaning liquid, the content of particles having a particle size of 0.4 μm or more is preferably 1000 or less per 1 mL of the cleaning liquid, and more preferably 500 or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but 0 is mentioned. Further, it is more preferable that the content of particles having a particle size of 0.4 μm or more measured by the following measuring method is not more than the detection limit value.
The coarse particles contained in the cleaning liquid include particles such as dust, dust, organic solids, and inorganic solids contained as impurities in the raw materials, and dust, dust, organic solids, and dust, dust, organic solids, which are brought in as contaminants during the preparation of the cleaning liquid. Particles such as inorganic solids that finally exist as particles without being dissolved in the cleaning solution fall under this category.
The content of coarse particles present in the cleaning liquid can be measured in the liquid phase by using a commercially available measuring device in a light scattering type liquid particle measuring method using a laser as a light source.
Examples of the method for removing coarse particles include purification treatment such as filtering described later.
 洗浄液は、その原料を複数に分割したキットとしてもよい。 The cleaning liquid may be a kit in which the raw material is divided into a plurality of parts.
〔洗浄液の製造〕
 洗浄液は、公知の方法により製造できる。以下、洗浄液の製造方法について詳述する。
[Manufacturing of cleaning liquid]
The cleaning liquid can be produced by a known method. Hereinafter, the method for producing the cleaning liquid will be described in detail.
<調液工程>
 洗浄液の調液方法は特に制限されず、例えば、上述した各成分を混合することにより洗浄液を製造できる。上述した各成分を混合する順序、及び/又はタイミングは特に制限されず、例えば、精製した純水を入れた容器に、化合物(1)及びアルカノールアミン、並びに任意成分を順次添加した後、攪拌して混合するとともに、pH調整剤を添加して混合液のpHを調整することにより、調製する方法が挙げられる。また、水及び各成分を容器に添加する場合、一括して添加してもよいし、複数回にわたって分割して添加してもよい。
<Liquid preparation process>
The method for preparing the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, and for example, the cleaning liquid can be produced by mixing the above-mentioned components. The order and / or timing of mixing each of the above-mentioned components is not particularly limited. For example, compound (1), an alkanolamine, and an optional component are sequentially added to a container containing purified pure water, and then stirred. A method of preparing the mixture by adding a pH adjuster to adjust the pH of the mixed solution can be mentioned. Further, when water and each component are added to the container, they may be added all at once or divided into a plurality of times.
 洗浄液の調液に使用する攪拌装置及び攪拌方法は、特に制限されず、攪拌機又は分散機として公知の装置を使用すればよい。攪拌機としては、例えば、工業用ミキサー、可搬型攪拌器、メカニカルスターラー、及びマグネチックスターラーが挙げられる。分散機としては、例えば、工業用分散器、ホモジナイザー、超音波分散器、及びビーズミルが挙げられる。 The stirring device and stirring method used for preparing the cleaning liquid are not particularly limited, and a known device as a stirring machine or a disperser may be used. Examples of the stirrer include an industrial mixer, a portable stirrer, a mechanical stirrer, and a magnetic stirrer. Dispersers include, for example, industrial dispersers, homogenizers, ultrasonic dispersers, and bead mills.
 洗浄液の調液工程における各成分の混合、及び後述する精製処理、並びに製造された洗浄液の保管は、40℃以下で行うことが好ましく、30℃以下で行うことがより好ましい。また、5℃以上が好ましく、10℃以上がより好ましい。上記の温度範囲で洗浄液の調液、処理及び/又は保管を行うことにより、長期間安定に性能を維持できる。 The mixing of each component in the liquid preparation step of the cleaning liquid, the purification treatment described later, and the storage of the produced cleaning liquid are preferably performed at 40 ° C. or lower, more preferably 30 ° C. or lower. Further, 5 ° C. or higher is preferable, and 10 ° C. or higher is more preferable. By preparing, treating and / or storing the cleaning liquid in the above temperature range, stable performance can be maintained for a long period of time.
(精製処理)
 洗浄液を調製するための原料のいずれか1種以上に対して、事前に精製処理を行うことが好ましい。精製処理としては、例えば、蒸留、イオン交換、及びろ過等の公知の方法が挙げられる。
 精製の程度としては、特に制限されないが、原料の純度が99質量%以上となるまで精製することが好ましく、原液の純度が99.9質量%以上となるまで精製することがより好ましい。
(Refining process)
It is preferable to perform a purification treatment in advance on any one or more of the raw materials for preparing the cleaning liquid. Examples of the purification treatment include known methods such as distillation, ion exchange, and filtration.
The degree of purification is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to purify until the purity of the raw material is 99% by mass or more, and it is more preferable to purify until the purity of the stock solution is 99.9% by mass or more.
 精製処理の具体的な方法としては、例えば、原料をイオン交換樹脂又はRO膜(Reverse Osmosis Membrane)等に通液する方法、原料の蒸留、及び後述するフィルタリングが挙げられる。
 精製処理として、上述した精製方法を複数組み合わせて実施してもよい。例えば、原料に対して、RO膜に通液する1次精製を行った後、カチオン交換樹脂、アニオン交換樹脂、又は混床型イオン交換樹脂からなる精製装置に通液する2次精製を実施してもよい。
 また、精製処理は、複数回実施してもよい。
Specific methods of the purification treatment include, for example, a method of passing a raw material through an ion exchange resin or an RO membrane (Reverse Osmosis Membrane), distillation of the raw material, and filtering described later.
As the purification treatment, a plurality of the above-mentioned purification methods may be combined and carried out. For example, the raw material is subjected to primary purification by passing it through an RO membrane, and then passed through a purification device made of a cation exchange resin, an anion exchange resin, or a mixed bed type ion exchange resin. May be.
Moreover, the purification treatment may be carried out a plurality of times.
(フィルタリング)
 フィルタリングに用いるフィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているものであれば特に制限されない。例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)、及びテトラフルオロエチレンパーフルオロアルキルビニルエーテル共重合体(PFA)等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン等のポリアミド系樹脂、並びにポリエチレン及びポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度又は超高分子量を含む)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種のフィルタが挙げられる。これらの材料のなかでもポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)、フッ素樹脂(PTFE及びPFAを含む)、及びポリアミド系樹脂(ナイロンを含む)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の材料が好ましく、フッ素樹脂のフィルタがより好ましい。これらの材料により形成されたフィルタを使用して原料のろ過を行うことで、欠陥の原因となり易い極性の高い異物を効果的に除去できる。
(filtering)
The filter used for filtering is not particularly limited as long as it is conventionally used for filtration purposes and the like. For example, fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and tetrafluoroethylene perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether copolymer (PFA), polyamide resins such as nylon, and polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density). Or at least one filter selected from the group consisting of (including ultrahigh molecular weight). Among these materials, at least one material selected from the group consisting of polyethylene, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene), fluororesin (including PTFE and PFA), and polyamide-based resin (including nylon) is preferable. , Fluororesin filters are more preferred. By filtering the raw materials using a filter formed of these materials, it is possible to effectively remove highly polar foreign substances that are likely to cause defects.
 フィルタの臨界表面張力としては、70~95mN/mが好ましく、75~85mN/mがより好ましい。なお、フィルタの臨界表面張力の値は、製造メーカーの公称値である。臨界表面張力が上記範囲のフィルタを使用することで、欠陥の原因となり易い極性の高い異物を効果的に除去できる。 The critical surface tension of the filter is preferably 70 to 95 mN / m, more preferably 75 to 85 mN / m. The value of the critical surface tension of the filter is the nominal value of the manufacturer. By using a filter having a critical surface tension in the above range, it is possible to effectively remove highly polar foreign substances that are likely to cause defects.
 フィルタの孔径は、2~20nmであることが好ましく、2~15nmであることがより好ましい。この範囲とすることにより、ろ過詰まりを抑えつつ、原料中に含まれる不純物及び凝集物等の微細な異物を確実に除去することが可能となる。ここでの孔径は、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照できる。 The pore diameter of the filter is preferably 2 to 20 nm, more preferably 2 to 15 nm. Within this range, it is possible to reliably remove fine foreign substances such as impurities and agglomerates contained in the raw material while suppressing filtration clogging. For the hole diameter here, the nominal value of the filter manufacturer can be referred to.
 フィルタリングは1回のみであってもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。フィルタリングを2回以上行う場合、用いるフィルタは同じであってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。 Filtering may be performed only once or twice or more. When filtering is performed twice or more, the filters used may be the same or different.
 また、フィルタリングは室温(25℃)以下で行うことが好ましく、23℃以下がより好ましく、20℃以下が更に好ましい。また、0℃以上が好ましく、5℃以上がより好ましく、10℃以上が更に好ましい。上記の温度範囲でフィルタリングを行うことにより、原料中に溶解する粒子性の異物及び不純物の量を低減し、異物及び不純物を効率的に除去できる。 Further, the filtering is preferably performed at room temperature (25 ° C.) or lower, more preferably 23 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 20 ° C. or lower. Further, 0 ° C. or higher is preferable, 5 ° C. or higher is more preferable, and 10 ° C. or higher is even more preferable. By filtering in the above temperature range, the amount of particulate foreign matter and impurities dissolved in the raw material can be reduced, and the foreign matter and impurities can be efficiently removed.
(容器)
 洗浄液(キット又は後述する希釈液の態様を含む)は、腐食性等が問題とならない限り、任意の容器に充填して保管、運搬、及び使用できる。
(container)
The cleaning liquid (including the form of the kit or the diluted liquid described later) can be filled in any container and stored, transported, and used as long as corrosiveness is not a problem.
 容器としては、半導体用途向けに、容器内のクリーン度が高く、容器の収容部の内壁から各液への不純物の溶出が抑制された容器が好ましい。そのような容器としては、半導体洗浄液用容器として市販されている各種容器が挙げられ、例えば、アイセロ化学(株)製の「クリーンボトル」シリーズ、及びコダマ樹脂工業製の「ピュアボトル」等が挙げられるが、これらに制限されない。
 また、洗浄液を収容する容器としては、その収容部の内壁等の各液との接液部が、フッ素系樹脂(パーフルオロ樹脂)、又は防錆及び金属溶出防止処理が施された金属で形成された容器が好ましい。
 容器の内壁は、ポリエチレン樹脂、ポリプロピレン樹脂、及びポリエチレン-ポリプロピレン樹脂からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂もしくはこれとは異なる樹脂、又は、ステンレス、ハステロイ、インコネル、及びモネル等の防錆及び金属溶出防止処理が施された金属から形成されることが好ましい。
As the container, a container having a high degree of cleanliness inside the container and suppressing elution of impurities from the inner wall of the container's accommodating portion into each liquid is preferable for semiconductor applications. Examples of such containers include various containers commercially available as containers for semiconductor cleaning liquids, such as the "Clean Bottle" series manufactured by Aicello Chemical Corporation and the "Pure Bottle" manufactured by Kodama Resin Industry. However, it is not limited to these.
Further, as a container for accommodating the cleaning liquid, the wetted portion with each liquid such as the inner wall of the accommodating portion is formed of a fluororesin (perfluororesin) or a metal subjected to rust prevention and metal elution prevention treatment. The rusted container is preferred.
The inner wall of the container is made of at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, and polyethylene-polypropylene resin, or a resin different from this, or rustproofing of stainless steel, hasteroi, inconel, monel, and the like. It is preferably formed from a metal that has been subjected to a metal elution prevention treatment.
 上記の異なる樹脂としては、フッ素系樹脂(パーフルオロ樹脂)が好ましい。このように、内壁がフッ素系樹脂である容器を用いることで、内壁が、ポリエチレン樹脂、ポリプロピレン樹脂、又はポリエチレン-ポリプロピレン樹脂である容器と比べて、エチレン又はプロピレンのオリゴマーの溶出という不具合の発生を抑制できる。
 このような内壁がフッ素系樹脂である容器の具体例としては、例えば、Entegris社製 FluoroPurePFA複合ドラム等が挙げられる。また、特表平3-502677号公報の第4頁、国際公開第2004/016526号明細書の第3頁、並びに国際公開第99/46309号明細書の第9頁及び16頁等に記載の容器も使用できる。
As the above-mentioned different resins, a fluororesin (perfluororesin) is preferable. In this way, by using a container whose inner wall is a fluororesin, a problem of elution of ethylene or propylene oligomer occurs as compared with a container whose inner wall is polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, or polyethylene-polypropylene resin. Can be suppressed.
Specific examples of such a container whose inner wall is a fluororesin include a FluoroPure PFA composite drum manufactured by Entegris. In addition, it is described on page 4 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 3-502677, page 3 of International Publication No. 2004/016526, and pages 9 and 16 of International Publication No. 99/46309. Containers can also be used.
 また、容器の内壁には、上述したフッ素系樹脂の他に、石英及び電解研磨された金属材料(すなわち、電解研磨済みの金属材料)も好ましく用いられる。
 上記電解研磨された金属材料の製造に用いられる金属材料は、クロム及びニッケルからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含み、クロム及びニッケルの含有量の合計が金属材料全質量に対して25質量%超である金属材料であることが好ましく、例えば、ステンレス鋼、及びニッケル-クロム合金等が挙げられる。
 金属材料におけるクロム及びニッケルの含有量の合計は、金属材料全質量に対して30質量%以上がより好ましい。
 なお、金属材料におけるクロム及びニッケルの含有量の合計の上限値としては特に制限されないが、一般的に90質量%以下が好ましい。
Further, in addition to the above-mentioned fluororesin, quartz and an electropolished metal material (that is, an electropolished metal material) are also preferably used for the inner wall of the container.
The metal material used for producing the electrolytically polished metal material contains at least one selected from the group consisting of chromium and nickel, and the total content of chromium and nickel is 25 mass with respect to the total mass of the metal material. The metal material is preferably more than%, and examples thereof include stainless steel and nickel-chromium alloys.
The total content of chromium and nickel in the metal material is more preferably 30% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the metal material.
The upper limit of the total content of chromium and nickel in the metal material is not particularly limited, but is generally preferably 90% by mass or less.
 金属材料を電解研磨する方法としては特に制限されず、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、特開2015-227501号公報の段落[0011]-[0014]、及び特開2008-264929号公報の段落[0036]-[0042]等に記載された方法を使用できる。 The method for electrolytically polishing a metal material is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used. For example, the methods described in paragraphs [0011]-[0014] of JP-A-2015-227501 and paragraphs [0036]-[0042] of JP-A-2008-264929 can be used.
 これらの容器は、洗浄液を充填する前にその内部が洗浄されることが好ましい。洗浄に使用される液体は、その液中における金属不純物量が低減されていることが好ましい。洗浄液は、製造後にガロン瓶又はコート瓶等の容器にボトリングし、輸送、保管されてもよい。 It is preferable that the inside of these containers is cleaned before filling with the cleaning liquid. The liquid used for cleaning preferably has a reduced amount of metal impurities in the liquid. The cleaning liquid may be bottling, transported and stored in a container such as a gallon bottle or a coated bottle after production.
 保管における洗浄液中の成分の変化を防ぐ目的で、容器内を純度99.99995体積%以上の不活性ガス(窒素、又はアルゴン等)で置換しておいてもよい。特に、含水率が少ないガスが好ましい。また、輸送、及び保管に際しては、常温でもよいが、変質を防ぐため、-20℃から20℃の範囲に温度制御してもよい。 The inside of the container may be replaced with an inert gas (nitrogen, argon, etc.) having a purity of 99.99995% by volume or more for the purpose of preventing changes in the components in the cleaning liquid during storage. In particular, a gas having a low water content is preferable. Further, during transportation and storage, the temperature may be normal temperature, but in order to prevent deterioration, the temperature may be controlled in the range of −20 ° C. to 20 ° C.
(クリーンルーム)
 洗浄液の製造、容器の開封、及び洗浄、洗浄液の充填等を含めた取り扱い、処理分析、並びに測定は、全てクリーンルームで行うことが好ましい。クリーンルームは、14644-1クリーンルーム基準を満たすことが好ましい。ISO(国際標準化機構)クラス1、ISOクラス2、ISOクラス3、及びISOクラス4のいずれかを満たすことが好ましく、ISOクラス1又はISOクラス2を満たすことがより好ましく、ISOクラス1を満たすことが更に好ましい。
(Clean room)
It is preferable that the manufacturing of the cleaning liquid, the opening of the container, the cleaning, the handling including the filling of the cleaning liquid, the processing analysis, and the measurement are all performed in a clean room. The clean room preferably meets the 14644-1 clean room standard. It is preferable to satisfy any one of ISO (International Organization for Standardization) class 1, ISO class 2, ISO class 3, and ISO class 4, more preferably to satisfy ISO class 1 or ISO class 2, and to satisfy ISO class 1. Is more preferable.
<希釈工程>
 上述した洗浄液は、水等の希釈剤を用いて希釈する希釈工程を経た後、半導体基板の洗浄に供されることが好ましい。
<Dilution step>
It is preferable that the above-mentioned cleaning liquid is used for cleaning the semiconductor substrate after undergoing a dilution step of diluting with a diluent such as water.
 希釈工程における洗浄液の希釈率は、各成分の種類、及び含有量、並びに洗浄対象である半導体基板等に応じて適宜調整すればよいが、希釈前の洗浄液に対する希釈洗浄液の比率は、体積比で10~10000倍が好ましく、20~3000倍がより好ましく、50~1000倍が更に好ましい。
 また、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、洗浄液は水で希釈されることが好ましい。
The dilution ratio of the cleaning liquid in the dilution step may be appropriately adjusted according to the type and content of each component, the semiconductor substrate to be cleaned, etc., but the ratio of the diluted cleaning liquid to the cleaning liquid before dilution is a volume ratio. It is preferably 10 to 10000 times, more preferably 20 to 3000 times, still more preferably 50 to 1000 times.
Further, the cleaning liquid is preferably diluted with water because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
 洗浄液を希釈する希釈工程の具体的方法は、特に制限されず、上記の洗浄液の調液工程に準じて行えばよい。希釈工程で使用する攪拌装置、及び攪拌方法もまた、特に制限されず、上記の洗浄液の調液工程において挙げた公知の攪拌装置を使用して行えばよい。 The specific method of the dilution step of diluting the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, and may be performed according to the above-mentioned liquid preparation step of the cleaning liquid. The stirring device and the stirring method used in the dilution step are also not particularly limited, and the known stirring device mentioned in the above-mentioned cleaning liquid preparation step may be used.
 希釈工程に用いる水に対しては、事前に精製処理を行うことが好ましい。また、希釈工程により得られた希釈洗浄液に対して、精製処理を行うことが好ましい。
 精製処理としては、特に制限されず、上述した洗浄液に対する精製処理として記載した、イオン交換樹脂又はRO膜等を用いたイオン成分低減処理、及びフィルタリングを用いた異物除去が挙げられ、これらのうちいずれかの処理を行うことが好ましい。
It is preferable to purify the water used in the dilution step in advance. Further, it is preferable to carry out a purification treatment on the diluted washing liquid obtained by the dilution step.
The purification treatment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an ion component reduction treatment using an ion exchange resin or an RO membrane and foreign matter removal using filtering described as the purification treatment for the cleaning liquid described above. It is preferable to perform the above processing.
[洗浄液の用途]
 洗浄液は、化学機械研磨(CMP)処理が施された半導体基板を洗浄する洗浄工程に使用される。また、洗浄液は、半導体基板の製造プロセスにおける半導体基板の洗浄に使用することもできる。
 上述のとおり、半導体基板の洗浄には、洗浄液を希釈して得られる希釈洗浄液を使用してもよい。
[Use of cleaning liquid]
The cleaning liquid is used in a cleaning process for cleaning a semiconductor substrate that has been subjected to chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) treatment. The cleaning liquid can also be used for cleaning the semiconductor substrate in the semiconductor substrate manufacturing process.
As described above, a diluted cleaning solution obtained by diluting the cleaning solution may be used for cleaning the semiconductor substrate.
〔洗浄対象物〕
 洗浄液の洗浄対象物としては、例えば、金属含有物を有する半導体基板が挙げられる。
 なお、本明細書における「半導体基板上」とは、例えば、半導体基板の表裏、側面、及び溝内等のいずれも含む。また、半導体基板上の金属含有物とは、半導体基板の表面上に直接金属含有物がある場合のみならず、半導体基板上に他の層を介して金属含有物がある場合も含む。
 半導体基板上の金属含有物としては、コバルト及びタングステンを含むことが好ましい。つまり、コバルト及びタングステンを含む半導体基板が好ましい。
[Items to be cleaned]
Examples of the object to be cleaned by the cleaning liquid include a semiconductor substrate having a metal-containing substance.
The term "on the semiconductor substrate" as used herein includes, for example, any of the front and back surfaces, the side surfaces, the inside of the groove, and the like of the semiconductor substrate. Further, the metal-containing material on the semiconductor substrate includes not only the case where the metal-containing material is directly on the surface of the semiconductor substrate but also the case where the metal-containing material is present on the semiconductor substrate via another layer.
The metal content on the semiconductor substrate preferably contains cobalt and tungsten. That is, a semiconductor substrate containing cobalt and tungsten is preferable.
 金属含有物に含まれる金属は、例えば、Cu(銅)、Co(コバルト)、W(タングステン)、Ti(チタン)、Ta(タンタル)、Ru(ルテニウム)、Cr(クロム)、Hf(ハフニウム)、Os(オスミウム)、Pt(白金)、Ni(ニッケル)、Mn(マンガン)、Zr(ジルコニウム)、Mo(モリブデン)、La(ランタン)、及びIr(イリジウム)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の金属Mが挙げられる。 The metal contained in the metal-containing substance is, for example, Cu (copper), Co (cobalt), W (tungsten), Ti (titanium), Ta (tantalum), Ru (ruthenium), Cr (chromium), Hf (hafnium). , Os (osmium), Pt (platinum), Ni (nickel), Mn (manganese), Zr (zirconium), Mo (molybdenum), La (lantern), and Ir (iridium). Seed metal M is mentioned.
 金属含有物は、金属(金属原子)を含む物質であればよく、例えば、金属Mの単体、金属Mを含む合金、金属Mの酸化物、金属Mの窒化物、及び金属Mの酸窒化物が挙げられる。
 また、金属含有物は、これらの化合物のうちの2種以上を含む混合物でもよい。
 なお、上記酸化物、窒化物、及び酸窒化物は、金属を含む、複合酸化物、複合窒化物、及び複合酸窒化物でもよい。
 金属含有物中の金属原子の含有量は、金属含有物の全質量に対して、10質量%以上が好ましく、30質量%以上がより好ましく、50質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、金属含有物が金属そのものであってもよいことから、100質量%以下である。
The metal-containing substance may be a substance containing a metal (metal atom), and may be, for example, a simple substance of the metal M, an alloy containing the metal M, an oxide of the metal M, a nitride of the metal M, and an acid nitride of the metal M. Can be mentioned.
Further, the metal-containing substance may be a mixture containing two or more of these compounds.
The oxide, the nitride, and the oxynitride may be a composite oxide, a composite nitride, and a composite oxynitride containing a metal.
The content of the metal atom in the metal-containing material is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, still more preferably 50% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the metal-containing material. The upper limit is 100% by mass or less because the metal-containing substance may be the metal itself.
 半導体基板は、金属Mを含む金属M含有物を有することが好ましく、Cu、Co、W、Ti、Ta、及びRuからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の金属を含む金属含有物を有することがより好ましく、Cu、Co、Ti、Ta、Ru、及びWからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の金属を含む金属含有物を有することが更に好ましい。 The semiconductor substrate preferably has a metal M-containing material containing a metal M, and preferably has a metal-containing material containing at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cu, Co, W, Ti, Ta, and Ru. Is more preferable, and it is further preferable to have a metal-containing material containing at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cu, Co, Ti, Ta, Ru, and W.
 洗浄液の洗浄対象物である半導体基板は、特に制限されず、例えば、半導体基板を構成するウエハの表面に、金属配線膜、バリアメタル、及び絶縁膜を有する基板が挙げられる。 The semiconductor substrate to be cleaned by the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a substrate having a metal wiring film, a barrier metal, and an insulating film on the surface of a wafer constituting the semiconductor substrate.
 半導体基板を構成するウエハの具体例としては、シリコン(Si)ウエハ、シリコンカーバイド(SiC)ウエハ、及びシリコンを含む樹脂系ウエハ(ガラスエポキシウエハ)等のシリコン系材料からなるウエハ、ガリウムリン(GaP)ウエハ、ガリウムヒ素(GaAs)ウエハ、及びインジウムリン(InP)ウエハが挙げられる。
 シリコンウエハとしては、シリコンウエハに5価の原子(例えば、リン(P)、ヒ素(As)、及びアンチモン(Sb)等)をドープしたn型シリコンウエハ、並びにシリコンウエハに3価の原子(例えば、ホウ素(B)、及びガリウム(Ga)等)をドープしたp型シリコンウエハであってもよい。シリコンウエハのシリコンとしては、例えば、アモルファスシリコン、単結晶シリコン、多結晶シリコン、及びポリシリコンのいずれであってもよい。
 なかでも、洗浄液は、シリコンウエハ、シリコンカーバイドウエハ、及びシリコンを含む樹脂系ウエハ(ガラスエポキシウエハ)等のシリコン系材料からなるウエハに有用である。
Specific examples of the wafer constituting the semiconductor substrate include a silicon (Si) wafer, a silicon carbide (SiC) wafer, a wafer made of a silicon-based material such as a resin-based wafer containing silicon (glass epoxy wafer), and gallium phosphorus (GaP). ) Wafers, gallium arsenic (GaAs) wafers, and indium phosphorus (InP) wafers.
Examples of the silicon wafer include an n-type silicon wafer in which a silicon wafer is doped with a pentavalent atom (for example, phosphorus (P), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), etc.), and a silicon wafer having a trivalent atom (for example,). , Boron (B), gallium (Ga), etc.) may be doped in a p-type silicon wafer. The silicon of the silicon wafer may be, for example, amorphous silicon, single crystal silicon, polycrystalline silicon, or polysilicon.
In particular, the cleaning liquid is useful for wafers made of silicon-based materials such as silicon wafers, silicon carbide wafers, and resin-based wafers (glass epoxy wafers) containing silicon.
 半導体基板は、上記したウエハに絶縁膜を有していてもよい。
 絶縁膜の具体例としては、シリコン酸化膜(例えば、二酸化ケイ素(SiO)膜、及びオルトケイ酸テトラエチル(Si(OC)膜(TEOS膜)等)、シリコン窒化膜(例えば、窒化シリコン(Si)、及び窒化炭化シリコン(SiNC)等)、並びに、低誘電率(Low-k)膜(例えば、炭素ドープ酸化ケイ素(SiOC)膜、及びシリコンカーバイド(SiC)膜等)が挙げられる。
The semiconductor substrate may have an insulating film on the above-mentioned wafer.
Specific examples of the insulating film include a silicon oxide film (for example, a silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ) film, a tetraethyl orthosilicate (Si (OC 2 H 5 ) 4 ) film (TEOS film), etc.), and a silicon nitride film (for example, a silicon nitride film). silicon nitride (Si 3 N 4), and silicon carbonitride (SiNC), etc.), as well as low dielectric constant (low-k) film (e.g., carbon-doped silicon oxide (SiOC) film, and a silicon carbide (SiC) film or the like ).
 半導体基板が有する金属膜としては、銅(Cu)、コバルト(Co)、及びタングステン(W)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の金属を含む金属膜、例えば、銅を主成分とする膜(銅含有膜)、コバルトを主成分とする膜(コバルト含有膜)、タングステンを主成分とする膜(タングステン含有膜)、並びにCu、Co、及びWからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む合金で構成された金属膜が挙げられる。
 半導体基板は、Co及びWを有することが好ましい。つまり、半導体基板は、Coを含む金属含有物(好ましくは、コバルト含有膜)及びWを含む金属含有物(好ましくは、タングステン含有膜)を少なくとも有することが特に好ましい。
The metal film contained in the semiconductor substrate is a metal film containing at least one metal selected from the group consisting of copper (Cu), cobalt (Co), and tungsten (W), for example, a film containing copper as a main component. (Copper-containing film), cobalt-based film (cobalt-containing film), tungsten-based film (tungsten-containing film), and at least one selected from the group consisting of Cu, Co, and W. Examples thereof include a metal film composed of a containing alloy.
The semiconductor substrate preferably has Co and W. That is, it is particularly preferable that the semiconductor substrate has at least a metal-containing substance containing Co (preferably a cobalt-containing film) and a metal-containing substance containing W (preferably a tungsten-containing film).
 銅含有膜としては、例えば、金属銅のみからなる配線膜(銅配線膜)、及び金属銅と他の金属とからなる合金製の配線膜(銅合金配線膜)が挙げられる。
 銅合金配線膜の具体例としては、アルミニウム(Al)、チタン(Ti)、クロム(Cr)、マンガン(Mn)、タンタル(Ta)、及びタングステン(W)から選択される1種以上の金属と銅とからなる合金製の配線膜が挙げられる。より具体的には、銅-アルミニウム合金配線膜(CuAl合金配線膜)、銅-チタン合金配線膜(CuTi合金配線膜)、銅-クロム合金配線膜(CuCr合金配線膜)、銅-マンガン合金配線膜(CuMn合金配線膜)、銅-タンタル合金配線膜(CuTa合金配線膜)、及び銅-タングステン合金配線膜(CuW合金配線膜)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the copper-containing film include a wiring film made of only metallic copper (copper wiring film) and a wiring film made of an alloy of metallic copper and another metal (copper alloy wiring film).
Specific examples of the copper alloy wiring film include one or more metals selected from aluminum (Al), titanium (Ti), chromium (Cr), manganese (Mn), tantalum (Ta), and tungsten (W). An example is a wiring film made of an alloy made of copper. More specifically, copper-aluminum alloy wiring film (CuAl alloy wiring film), copper-titanium alloy wiring film (CuTi alloy wiring film), copper-chrome alloy wiring film (CuCr alloy wiring film), copper-manganese alloy wiring. Examples thereof include a film (CuMn alloy wiring film), a copper-tantal alloy wiring film (CuTa alloy wiring film), and a copper-tungsten alloy wiring film (CuW alloy wiring film).
 コバルト含有膜(コバルトを主成分とする金属膜)としては、例えば、金属コバルトのみからなる金属膜(コバルト金属膜)、及び金属コバルトと他の金属とからなる合金製の金属膜(コバルト合金金属膜)が挙げられる。
 コバルト合金金属膜の具体例としては、チタン(Ti)、クロム(Cr)、鉄(Fe)、ニッケル(Ni)、モリブデン(Mo)、パラジウム(Pd)、タンタル(Ta)、及びタングステン(W)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の金属とコバルトとからなる合金製の金属膜が挙げられる。より具体的には、コバルト-チタン合金金属膜(CoTi合金金属膜)、コバルト-クロム合金金属膜(CoCr合金金属膜)、コバルト-鉄合金金属膜(CoFe合金金属膜)、コバルト-ニッケル合金金属膜(CoNi合金金属膜)、コバルト-モリブデン合金金属膜(CoMo合金金属膜)、コバルト-パラジウム合金金属膜(CoPd合金金属膜)、コバルト-タンタル合金金属膜(CoTa合金金属膜)、及びコバルト-タングステン合金金属膜(CoW合金金属膜)等が挙げられる。
 洗浄液は、コバルト含有膜を有する基板に有用である。コバルト含有膜のうち、コバルト金属膜は配線膜として使用されることが多く、コバルト合金金属膜はバリアメタルとして使用されることが多い。
Examples of the cobalt-containing film (metal film containing cobalt as a main component) include a metal film made of only metallic cobalt (cobalt metal film) and a metal film made of an alloy of metallic cobalt and other metals (cobalt alloy metal). Membrane).
Specific examples of the cobalt alloy metal film include titanium (Ti), chromium (Cr), iron (Fe), nickel (Ni), molybdenum (Mo), palladium (Pd), tantalum (Ta), and tungsten (W). Examples thereof include a metal film made of an alloy composed of at least one metal and cobalt selected from the group consisting of. More specifically, cobalt-titanium alloy metal film (CoTi alloy metal film), cobalt-chromium alloy metal film (CoCr alloy metal film), cobalt-iron alloy metal film (CoFe alloy metal film), cobalt-nickel alloy metal. Film (CoNi alloy metal film), cobalt-molybdenum alloy metal film (CoMo alloy metal film), cobalt-palladium alloy metal film (CoPd alloy metal film), cobalt-tantal alloy metal film (CoTa alloy metal film), and cobalt- Examples thereof include a tungsten alloy metal film (CoW alloy metal film).
The cleaning solution is useful for substrates having a cobalt-containing film. Of the cobalt-containing films, cobalt metal films are often used as wiring films, and cobalt alloy metal films are often used as barrier metals.
 また、洗浄液を、半導体基板を構成するウエハの上部に、少なくとも銅含有配線膜と、金属コバルトのみから構成され、銅含有配線膜のバリアメタルである金属膜(コバルトバリアメタル)とを有し、銅含有配線膜とコバルトバリアメタルとが基板表面において接触している基板の洗浄に使用することが好ましい場合がある。 Further, the cleaning liquid has at least a copper-containing wiring film and a metal film (cobalt barrier metal) which is composed of only metallic cobalt and is a barrier metal of the copper-containing wiring film on the upper part of the wafer constituting the semiconductor substrate. It may be preferable to use it for cleaning a substrate in which a copper-containing wiring film and a cobalt barrier metal are in contact with each other on the surface of the substrate.
 タングステン含有膜(タングステンを主成分とする金属膜)としては、例えば、タングステンのみからなる金属膜(タングステン金属膜)、及びタングステンと他の金属とからなる合金製の金属膜(タングステン合金金属膜)が挙げられる。
 タングステン合金金属膜の具体例としては、例えば、タングステン-チタン合金金属膜(WTi合金金属膜)、及びタングステン-コバルト合金金属膜(WCo合金金属膜)等が挙げられる。
 タングステン含有膜は、一般的にはバリアメタルとして使用されることが多い。
Examples of the tungsten-containing film (metal film containing tungsten as a main component) include a metal film made of only tungsten (tungsten metal film) and a metal film made of an alloy of tungsten and other metals (tungsten alloy metal film). Can be mentioned.
Specific examples of the tungsten alloy metal film include a tungsten-titanium alloy metal film (WTi alloy metal film), a tungsten-cobalt alloy metal film (WCo alloy metal film), and the like.
Tungsten-containing films are often used as barrier metals in general.
 半導体基板を構成するウエハ上に、上記の絶縁膜、銅含有配線膜、コバルト含有膜、及びタングステン含有膜を形成する方法としては、通常この分野で行われる方法であれば特に制限はない。
 絶縁膜の形成方法としては、例えば、半導体基板を構成するウエハに対して、酸素ガス存在下で熱処理を行うことによりシリコン酸化膜を形成し、次いで、シラン及びアンモニアのガスを流入して、化学気相蒸着(CVD:Chemical Vapor Deposition)法によりシリコン窒化膜を形成する方法が挙げられる。
 銅含有配線膜、コバルト含有膜、及びタングステン含有膜の形成方法としては、例えば、上記の絶縁膜を有するウエハ上に、レジスト等の公知の方法で回路を形成し、次いで、鍍金及びCVD法等の方法により、銅含有配線膜、コバルト含有膜、及びタングステン含有膜を形成する方法が挙げられる。
The method for forming the insulating film, the copper-containing wiring film, the cobalt-containing film, and the tungsten-containing film on the wafer constituting the semiconductor substrate is not particularly limited as long as it is a method usually performed in this field.
As a method for forming the insulating film, for example, a silicon oxide film is formed by heat-treating a wafer constituting a semiconductor substrate in the presence of oxygen gas, and then silane and ammonia gas are introduced to form a chemical vapor deposition. Examples thereof include a method of forming a silicon nitride film by a vapor deposition (CVD) method.
As a method for forming a copper-containing wiring film, a cobalt-containing film, and a tungsten-containing film, for example, a circuit is formed on a wafer having the above-mentioned insulating film by a known method such as a resist, and then plating and a CVD method or the like are used. A method for forming a copper-containing wiring film, a cobalt-containing film, and a tungsten-containing film can be mentioned.
<CMP処理>
 CMP処理は、例えば、金属配線膜、バリアメタル、及び絶縁膜を有する基板の表面を、研磨微粒子(砥粒)を含む研磨スラリーを用いる化学作用と機械的研磨の複合作用で平坦化する処理である。
 CMP処理が施された半導体基板の表面には、CMP処理で使用した砥粒(例えば、シリカ及びアルミナ等)、研磨された金属配線膜、及びバリアメタルに由来する金属不純物(金属残渣)等の不純物が残存することがある。これらの不純物は、例えば、配線間を短絡させ、半導体基板の電気的特性を劣化させるおそれがあるため、CMP処理が施された半導体基板は、これらの不純物を表面から除去するための洗浄処理に供される。
 CMP処理が施された半導体基板の具体例としては、精密工学会誌 Vol.84、No.3、2018に記載のCMP処理が施された基板が挙げられるが、これに制限されるものではない。
<CMP processing>
The CMP treatment is, for example, a treatment for flattening the surface of a substrate having a metal wiring film, a barrier metal, and an insulating film by a combined action of chemical action using a polishing slurry containing polishing fine particles (abrasive grains) and mechanical polishing. be.
On the surface of the semiconductor substrate subjected to the CMP treatment, abrasive grains (for example, silica and alumina) used in the CMP treatment, a polished metal wiring film, and metal impurities (metal residues) derived from the barrier metal are present. Impurities may remain. Since these impurities may cause a short circuit between wirings and deteriorate the electrical characteristics of the semiconductor substrate, for example, the semiconductor substrate subjected to the CMP treatment is used for cleaning treatment for removing these impurities from the surface. Served.
Specific examples of the semiconductor substrate subjected to the CMP treatment include the Journal of Precision Engineering Vol. 84, No. 3. The substrate subjected to the CMP treatment according to 2018 is mentioned, but is not limited thereto.
〔半導体基板の洗浄方法〕
 半導体基板の洗浄方法は、上記の洗浄液を用いて、CMP処理が施された半導体基板を洗浄する洗浄工程を含むものであれば特に制限されない。半導体基板の洗浄方法は、上記の希釈工程で得られる希釈洗浄液をCMP処理が施された半導体基板に適用して洗浄する工程を含むことが、好ましい。
[How to clean the semiconductor substrate]
The method for cleaning the semiconductor substrate is not particularly limited as long as it includes a cleaning step of cleaning the semiconductor substrate subjected to the CMP treatment using the above-mentioned cleaning liquid. It is preferable that the method for cleaning the semiconductor substrate includes a step of applying the diluted cleaning liquid obtained in the above dilution step to the semiconductor substrate subjected to the CMP treatment for cleaning.
 洗浄液を用いて半導体基板を洗浄する洗浄工程は、CMP処理された半導体基板に対して行われる公知の方法であれば特に制限されず、半導体基板に洗浄液を供給しながらブラシ等の洗浄部材を半導体基板の表面に物理的に接触させて残渣物等を除去するブラシスクラブ洗浄、洗浄液に半導体基板を浸漬する浸漬式、半導体基板を回転させながら洗浄液を滴下するスピン(滴下)式、及び洗浄液を噴霧する噴霧(スプレー)式等の通常この分野で行われる様式を適宜採用してもよい。浸漬式の洗浄では、半導体基板の表面に残存する不純物をより低減できる点で、半導体基板が浸漬している洗浄液に対して超音波処理を施すことが好ましい。
 上記洗浄工程は、1回のみ実施してもよく、2回以上実施してもよい。2回以上洗浄する場合には同じ方法を繰り返してもよいし、異なる方法を組み合わせてもよい。
The cleaning step of cleaning the semiconductor substrate with the cleaning liquid is not particularly limited as long as it is a known method performed on the semiconductor substrate treated with CMP, and the cleaning member such as a brush is used as a semiconductor while supplying the cleaning liquid to the semiconductor substrate. Brush scrub cleaning that physically contacts the surface of the substrate to remove residues, immersion type that immerses the semiconductor substrate in the cleaning liquid, spin (drop) type that drops the cleaning liquid while rotating the semiconductor substrate, and spraying the cleaning liquid. A mode usually used in this field, such as a spraying method, may be appropriately adopted. In the immersion type cleaning, it is preferable to perform ultrasonic treatment on the cleaning liquid in which the semiconductor substrate is immersed because impurities remaining on the surface of the semiconductor substrate can be further reduced.
The cleaning step may be performed only once or twice or more. When washing twice or more, the same method may be repeated, or different methods may be combined.
 半導体基板の洗浄方法としては、枚葉方式、及びバッチ方式のいずれを採用してもよい。枚葉方式とは、一般的に半導体基板を1枚ずつ処理する方式であり、バッチ方式とは、一般的に複数枚の半導体基板を同時に処理する方式である。 As a method for cleaning the semiconductor substrate, either a single-wafer method or a batch method may be adopted. The single-wafer method is generally a method of processing semiconductor substrates one by one, and the batch method is a method of processing a plurality of semiconductor substrates at the same time.
 半導体基板の洗浄に用いる洗浄液の温度は、通常この分野で行われる温度であれば特に制限はない。一般的には室温(25℃)で洗浄が行われるが、洗浄性の向上や部材への対ダメージ性を抑えるために、温度は任意に選択できる。洗浄液の温度としては、10~60℃が好ましく、15~50℃がより好ましい。 The temperature of the cleaning liquid used for cleaning the semiconductor substrate is not particularly limited as long as it is a temperature usually used in this field. Generally, cleaning is performed at room temperature (25 ° C.), but the temperature can be arbitrarily selected in order to improve the cleaning property and suppress the damage resistance to the member. The temperature of the cleaning liquid is preferably 10 to 60 ° C, more preferably 15 to 50 ° C.
 半導体基板の洗浄における洗浄時間は、洗浄液に含まれる成分の種類及び含有量等に依存するため一概に言えるものではないが、実用的には、10秒間~2分間が好ましく、20秒間~1分30秒間がより好ましく、30秒間~1分間が更に好ましい。 The cleaning time in cleaning a semiconductor substrate cannot be unequivocally determined because it depends on the type and content of the components contained in the cleaning liquid, but practically, it is preferably 10 seconds to 2 minutes, preferably 20 seconds to 1 minute. 30 seconds is more preferable, and 30 seconds to 1 minute is even more preferable.
 半導体基板の洗浄工程における洗浄液の供給量(供給速度)は特に制限されないが、50~5000mL/分が好ましく、500~2000mL/分がより好ましい。 The supply amount (supply rate) of the cleaning liquid in the cleaning step of the semiconductor substrate is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50 to 5000 mL / min, more preferably 500 to 2000 mL / min.
 半導体基板の洗浄において、洗浄液の洗浄能力をより増進するために、機械的攪拌方法を用いてもよい。
 機械的攪拌方法としては、例えば、半導体基板上で洗浄液を循環させる方法、半導体基板上で洗浄液を流過又は噴霧させる方法、及び超音波又はメガソニックにて洗浄液を攪拌する方法等が挙げられる。
In cleaning the semiconductor substrate, a mechanical stirring method may be used in order to further enhance the cleaning ability of the cleaning liquid.
Examples of the mechanical stirring method include a method of circulating the cleaning liquid on the semiconductor substrate, a method of flowing or spraying the cleaning liquid on the semiconductor substrate, a method of stirring the cleaning liquid by ultrasonic waves or megasonic, and the like.
 上記の半導体基板の洗浄の後に、半導体基板を溶剤ですすいで清浄する工程(以下「リンス工程」と称する。)を行ってもよい。
 リンス工程は、半導体基板の洗浄工程の後に連続して行われ、リンス溶剤(リンス液)を用いて5秒間~5分間にわたってすすぐ工程であることが好ましい。リンス工程は、上述の機械的攪拌方法を用いて行ってもよい。
After cleaning the semiconductor substrate, a step of rinsing the semiconductor substrate with a solvent to clean it (hereinafter referred to as "rinsing step") may be performed.
The rinsing step is continuously performed after the cleaning step of the semiconductor substrate, and is preferably a rinsing step using a rinsing solvent (rinsing solution) for 5 seconds to 5 minutes. The rinsing step may be performed by using the above-mentioned mechanical stirring method.
 リンス溶剤としては、例えば、水(好ましくは脱イオン(DI:De Ionize)水)、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、N-メチルピロリジノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、乳酸エチル、及びプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートが挙げられる。また、pHが8超である水性リンス液(希釈した水性の水酸化アンモニウム等)を利用してもよい。
 リンス溶剤を半導体基板に接触させる方法としては、上述した洗浄液を半導体基板に接触させる方法を同様に適用できる。
Examples of the rinsing solvent include water (preferably De Ionize water), methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, N-methylpyrrolidinone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl lactate, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. Can be mentioned. Further, an aqueous rinsing solution having a pH of more than 8 (diluted aqueous ammonium hydroxide or the like) may be used.
As a method of contacting the rinsing solvent with the semiconductor substrate, the above-mentioned method of contacting the cleaning liquid with the semiconductor substrate can be similarly applied.
 また、上記リンス工程の後に、半導体基板を乾燥させる乾燥工程を行ってもよい。
 乾燥方法としては、特に制限されず、例えば、スピン乾燥法、半導体基板上に乾性ガスを流過させる方法、ホットプレート又は赤外線ランプのような加熱手段によって基板を加熱する方法、マランゴニ乾燥法、ロタゴニ乾燥法、IPA(イソプロピルアルコール)乾燥法、及びそれらの任意の組み合わせが挙げられる。
Further, after the rinsing step, a drying step of drying the semiconductor substrate may be performed.
The drying method is not particularly limited, and is not particularly limited, for example, a spin drying method, a method of flowing a dry gas over a semiconductor substrate, a method of heating the substrate by a heating means such as a hot plate or an infrared lamp, a malangoni drying method, and rotagoni. Drying methods, IPA (isopropyl alcohol) drying methods, and any combination thereof can be mentioned.
 以下に、実施例に基づいて本発明を更に詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、及び割合等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更できる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. The materials, amounts, proportions, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention is not limitedly construed by the examples shown below.
 以下の実施例において、洗浄液のpHは、pHメーター(株式会社堀場製作所製、型式「F-74」)を用いて、JIS Z8802-1984に準拠して25℃において測定した。
 また、実施例及び比較例の洗浄液の製造にあたって、容器の取り扱い、洗浄液の調液、充填、保管、及び分析測定は、全てISOクラス2以下を満たすレベルのクリーンルームで行った。
In the following examples, the pH of the cleaning solution was measured at 25 ° C. using a pH meter (manufactured by HORIBA, Ltd., model “F-74”) in accordance with JIS Z8802-1984.
Further, in the production of the cleaning liquids of Examples and Comparative Examples, the handling of the container, the preparation, filling, storage, and analysis measurement of the cleaning liquid were all performed in a clean room at a level satisfying ISO class 2 or less.
[洗浄液の原料]
 洗浄液を製造するために、以下の化合物を使用した。なお、実施例で使用した各種成分はいずれも、半導体グレードに分類されるもの、又は、それに準ずる高純度グレードに分類されるものを使用した。
[Raw material for cleaning liquid]
The following compounds were used to produce the cleaning solution. As the various components used in the examples, those classified into semiconductor grade or those classified into high-purity grade equivalent thereto were used.
〔化合物(1)〕
・ グルコン酸:ClogP値-3.17、ハンセン溶解度パラメータのδh30.3(MPa)0.5、δd17.3(MPa)0.5、δp12.7(MPa)0.5、富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製
・ ムチン酸:ClogP値-1.46、ハンセン溶解度パラメータのδh31.0(MPa)0.5、δd17.3(MPa)0.5、δp14.2(MPa)0.5、富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製
・ グリセリン酸:ClogP値-1.92、ハンセン溶解度パラメータのδh27.5(MPa)0.5、δd18.1(MPa)0.5、δp13.4(MPa)0.5、富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製
〔アルカノールアミン〕
・ 2-アミノ-2-メチル-1-プロパノール(AMP):富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製
・ 2-アミノ-2-メチルプロパンジオ-ル(AMPD):富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製
・ トリスヒドロキシメチルアミノメタン(Tris):富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製
〔第2アミン化合物〕
・ ピペラジン:富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製
・ エチレンジアミン:富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製
・ モルホリン:富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製
・ N-メチルピペラジン(NMPZ):富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製
・ アルギニン(L-アルギニン):東京化成工業(株)製
・ ジアザビシクロウンデセン(DBU):富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製
〔防食剤〕
・ アゾール化合物1:2,2’-{[(5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イル)メチル]イミノ}ジエタノール
・ 1,2,4-トリアゾール:富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製
〔添加剤〕
・ Alkyl(EO)phosphate ester:竹本油脂株式会社
・ 過ヨウ素酸:シグマ・アルドリッチジャパン
・ アジピン酸:東京化成工業株式会社
・ コハク酸:東京化成工業株式会社
・ ヒスチジン:富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製
・ ポリアクリル酸(Mw=700,000):東亞合成株式会社製、商品名「ジュリマーAC-10H」
・ ポリアクリル酸(Mw=55,000):東亞合成株式会社製、商品名「ジュリマーAC-10L」
・ ポリアクリル酸(Mw=6,000):東亞合成株式会社製、商品名「アロンA-10SL」
・ ポリマレイン酸(Mw=2,000):日油株式会社製、商品名「ノンポールPWA-50W」
・ スチレン-マレイン酸共重合体:第一工業製薬株式会社製、商品名「DKSディスコートN-10」
・ スチレン-マレイン酸ハーフエステル共重合体:第一工業製薬株式会社製、商品名「DKSディスコートN-14」
・ ナフタレンスルホン酸ホルマリン縮合物Na塩:第一工業製薬株式会社製、商品名「ラベリンFD-40」
・γ-シクロデキストリン:株式会社シクロケム製
〔pH調整剤〕
・ 2-ヒドロキシエチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(コリン):富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製
[Compound (1)]
Gluconic acid: ClogP value-3.17, Hansen solubility parameter δh30.3 (MPa) 0.5 , δd17.3 (MPa) 0.5 , δp12.7 (MPa) 0.5 , Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. Made by Mutinic Acid Co., Ltd .: ClogP value-1.46, Hansen solubility parameter δh31.0 (MPa) 0.5 , δd17.3 (MPa) 0.5 , δp14.2 (MPa) 0.5 , Fuji Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. Glyceric acid: ClogP value -1.92, Hansen solubility parameter δh27.5 (MPa) 0.5 , δd18.1 (MPa) 0.5 , δp13.4 (MPa) 0 .5 , manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. [Arcanolamine]
・ 2-Amino-2-methyl-1-propanol (AMP): manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. ・ 2-Amino-2-methylpropandiol (AMPD): manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. -Tris hydroxymethylaminomethane (Tris): manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. [second amine compound]
・ Piperazine: manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. ・ Ethylene diamine: manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. ・ Morholin: manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. ・ N-methylpiperazine (NMPZ): manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. Manufactured by Arginin Co., Ltd. (L-arginine): Manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
・ Azole compound 1: 2,2'-{[(5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole-1-yl) methyl] imino} diethanol ・ 1,2,4-triazole: manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. [ Additive〕
・ Alkyl (EO) 3 phosphate ester: Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd. ・ Periodic acid: Sigma-Aldrich Japan ・ Adipic acid: Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ・ Kohaku acid: Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ・ Histidin: Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. ) Made of polyacrylic acid (Mw = 700,000): manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd., trade name "Julimer AC-10H"
-Polyacrylic acid (Mw = 55,000): manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., product name "Julimer AC-10L"
-Polyacrylic acid (Mw = 6,000): manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., product name "Aron A-10SL"
Polymaleic acid (Mw = 2,000): manufactured by NOF CORPORATION, product name "Non-Pole PWA-50W"
-Styrene-maleic acid copolymer: manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd., trade name "DKS Disccoat N-10"
-Styrene-maleic acid half ester copolymer: manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd., trade name "DKS Disccoat N-14"
-Naphthalene sulfonic acid formalin condensate Na salt: manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd., trade name "Laberin FD-40"
-Γ-Cyclodextrin: manufactured by Cyclochem Co., Ltd. [pH adjuster]
-2-Hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide (choline): manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.
 また、本実施例における洗浄液の製造工程では、必要に応じて、pH調整剤として、コリン、水酸化カリウム(KOH)、及び硫酸(HSO)のいずれか、並びに、市販の超純水(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)を用いた。 Further, in the manufacturing process of the cleaning liquid in this embodiment, if necessary, as a pH adjusting agent, choline, either potassium hydroxide (KOH), and sulfuric acid (H 2 SO 4), as well as, commercially available ultra pure water (Fuji Film Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was used.
[洗浄液の製造]
 次に、洗浄液の製造方法について、実施例1を例に説明する。
 超純水に、グルコン酸、AMP、及びピペラジンを、表1に記載の含有量となる量でそれぞれ添加した後、調製される洗浄液のpHが11.0となるようにDBUを2.3質量%添加した。得られた混合液を攪拌機によって十分に攪拌することにより、実施例1の洗浄液を得た。
[Manufacturing of cleaning liquid]
Next, a method for producing a cleaning liquid will be described by taking Example 1 as an example.
After adding gluconic acid, AMP, and piperazine to ultrapure water in the amounts shown in Table 1, 2.3 mass of DBU is added so that the pH of the prepared cleaning solution becomes 11.0. % Was added. The cleaning liquid of Example 1 was obtained by sufficiently stirring the obtained mixed liquid with a stirrer.
 実施例1の製造方法に準じて、表1に示す組成を有する実施例2~42及び比較例1~5の洗浄液を、それぞれ製造した。
 なお、ハンセン溶解度パラメータの各項又はClogP値は、上述した方法にて測定した。
The cleaning solutions of Examples 2 to 42 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 having the compositions shown in Table 1 were produced according to the production method of Example 1, respectively.
Each item of the Hansen solubility parameter or the ClogP value was measured by the method described above.
[洗浄性能の評価]
 上記の方法で製造した洗浄液を用いて、化学機械研磨を施した金属膜を洗浄した際の洗浄性能(残渣物除去性能)を評価した。
 銅、タングステン、又はコバルトからなる金属膜を表面上に有するウエハ(直径8インチ)を、FREX300S-II(研磨装置、(株)荏原製作所製)を用いて研磨した。銅からなる金属膜を表面に有するウエハに対しては、研磨液としてCSL9044C及びBSL8176C(商品名、いずれも富士フイルムプラナーソリューションズ社製)をそれぞれ使用して研磨を行った。これにより、研磨液による洗浄性能評価のばらつきを抑えた。同様に、表面にコバルトからなる金属膜を有するウエハに対しては、研磨液としてCSL5340C及びCSL5250C(商品名、いずれも富士フイルムプラナーソリューションズ社製)をそれぞれ使用して研磨を行った。表面にタングステンからなる金属膜を有するウエハに対しては、W-2000(商品名、キャボット社製)のみを使用して研磨を行った。研磨圧力は2.0psiであり、研磨液の供給速度は0.28mL/(分・cm)であった。研磨時間は60秒間であった。
 その後、室温(23℃)に調整した各洗浄液を用いて、研磨されたそれぞれのウエハを30秒間かけて洗浄し、次いで、乾燥処理した。
[Evaluation of cleaning performance]
The cleaning performance (residue removal performance) when the metal film subjected to chemical mechanical polishing was cleaned using the cleaning liquid produced by the above method was evaluated.
A wafer (8 inches in diameter) having a metal film made of copper, tungsten, or cobalt on the surface was polished using a FREX300S-II (polishing device, manufactured by Ebara Corporation). Wafers having a metal film made of copper on the surface were polished using CSL9044C and BSL8176C (trade names, both manufactured by FUJIFILM Planar Solutions) as polishing liquids. As a result, variations in the cleaning performance evaluation due to the polishing liquid were suppressed. Similarly, a wafer having a metal film made of cobalt on the surface was polished using CSL5340C and CSL5250C (trade names, both manufactured by FUJIFILM Planar Solutions) as polishing liquids. Wafers having a metal film made of tungsten on the surface were polished using only W-2000 (trade name, manufactured by Cabot Corporation). The polishing pressure was 2.0 psi, and the supply rate of the polishing liquid was 0.28 mL / (minute · cm 2 ). The polishing time was 60 seconds.
Then, each of the polished wafers was washed over 30 seconds with each cleaning solution adjusted to room temperature (23 ° C.), and then dried.
 欠陥検出装置(AMAT社製、ComPlus-II)を用いて、得られたウエハの研磨面において、長さが0.1μm以上である欠陥に対応する信号強度の検出数を計測し、下記の評価基準により洗浄液の洗浄性能を評価した。評価結果を表1に示す。ウエハの研磨面において検出された残渣物による欠陥数が少ないほど、洗浄性能に優れると評価できる。
 「A」:ウエハあたりの欠陥数が50個未満
 「B」:ウエハあたりの欠陥数が50個以上200個未満
 「C」:ウエハあたりの欠陥数が200個以上500個未満
 「D」:ウエハあたりの欠陥数が500個以上
Using a defect detection device (ComPlus-II manufactured by AMAT), the number of detected signal strengths corresponding to defects having a length of 0.1 μm or more on the polished surface of the obtained wafer was measured and evaluated as follows. The cleaning performance of the cleaning liquid was evaluated according to the standard. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1. It can be evaluated that the smaller the number of defects due to the residue detected on the polished surface of the wafer, the better the cleaning performance.
"A": Number of defects per wafer is less than 50 "B": Number of defects per wafer is 50 or more and less than 200 "C": Number of defects per wafer is 200 or more and less than 500 "D": Wafer More than 500 defects per
[腐食防止性能の評価]
 銅、タングステン、又はコバルトからなる金属膜を表面に有するウエハ(直径12インチ)をカットし、縦2cm×横2cmのウエハクーポンをそれぞれ準備した。各金属膜の厚さは200nmとした。上記の方法で製造した洗浄液(温度:23℃)中にウエハクーポンを浸漬し、攪拌回転数250rpmにて、3分間の浸漬処理を行った。各金属膜について、浸漬処理前後で、各洗浄液中の銅、タングステン、又はコバルトの含有量を測定した。得られた測定結果から単位時間当たりの腐食速度(単位:Å/分)を算出した。下記の評価基準により洗浄液の腐食防止性能を評価した。それらの結果を表1に示す。
 なお、腐食速度が低いほど、洗浄液の腐食防止性能が優れる。
(W及びCoの評価基準)
 「A」:腐食速度が1.0Å/分未満
 「B」:腐食速度が1.0Å/分以上、2.0Å/分未満
 「C」:腐食速度が2.0Å/分以上、3.0Å/分未満
 「D」:腐食速度が3.0Å/分以上
(Cuの評価基準)
 「A」:腐食速度が0.5Å/分未満
 「B」:腐食速度が0.5Å/分以上、1.0Å/分未満
 「C」:腐食速度が1.0Å/分以上、2.0Å/分未満
 「D」:腐食速度が2.0Å/分以上
[Evaluation of corrosion prevention performance]
Wafers (12 inches in diameter) having a metal film made of copper, tungsten, or cobalt on the surface were cut, and wafer coupons having a length of 2 cm and a width of 2 cm were prepared. The thickness of each metal film was 200 nm. The wafer coupon was immersed in the cleaning liquid (temperature: 23 ° C.) produced by the above method, and the immersion treatment was performed for 3 minutes at a stirring rotation speed of 250 rpm. For each metal film, the content of copper, tungsten, or cobalt in each cleaning solution was measured before and after the dipping treatment. From the obtained measurement results, the corrosion rate per unit time (unit: Å / min) was calculated. The corrosion prevention performance of the cleaning liquid was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Table 1.
The lower the corrosion rate, the better the corrosion prevention performance of the cleaning liquid.
(Evaluation criteria for W and Co)
"A": Corrosion rate is less than 1.0 Å / min "B": Corrosion rate is 1.0 Å / min or more, less than 2.0 Å / min "C": Corrosion rate is 2.0 Å / min or more, 3.0 Å Less than / min "D": Corrosion rate is 3.0 Å / min or more (Cu evaluation standard)
"A": Corrosion rate is less than 0.5 Å / min "B": Corrosion rate is 0.5 Å / min or more, less than 1.0 Å / min "C": Corrosion rate is 1.0 Å / min or more, 2.0 Å Less than / min "D": Corrosion rate is 2.0 Å / min or more
 表中、「量(%)」欄は、各成分の、洗浄液の全質量に対する含有量(単位:質量%)を示す。「pH調整剤」欄の「*1」は、必要な場合、コリン、HSO及びKOHのいずれかを、調製される洗浄液のpHが「pH」欄の数値になる量で添加したことを意味する。なお、実施例25においては、コリンを用いてpHを調整した。
 「水」欄の「残部」は、洗浄液中において表1に記載の各成分の以外の残りを水が構成していることを意味する。
 「COOH基の個数」の欄は、化合物(1)が有するカルボキシル基の個数を示し、OH基の個数は、化合物(1)が有するヒドロキシル基の個数を示す。
 「OH基/COOH基」欄は、化合物(1)が有する、カルボキシル基の個数に対するヒドロキシル基の個数の比〔ヒドロキシル基の個数/カルボキシル基の個数〕の値を示す。
 「(A)/(B)」欄は、アルカノールアミンの含有量に対する化合物(1)の含有量の質量比〔化合物(1)の含有量/アルカノールアミンの含有量〕の値を示す。
 「pH」欄の数値は、上記のpHメーターにより測定した洗浄液の25℃におけるpHを示す。
In the table, the "Amount (%)" column indicates the content (unit: mass%) of each component with respect to the total mass of the cleaning liquid. "* 1" in the "pH adjusting agent" column, if necessary, choline, that one of H 2 SO 4 and KOH, pH of the cleaning solution to be prepared was added in an amount to a number of "pH" column Means. In Example 25, the pH was adjusted using choline.
The “remaining portion” in the “water” column means that water constitutes the rest of the cleaning liquid other than each component shown in Table 1.
The column of "number of COOH groups" indicates the number of carboxyl groups possessed by the compound (1), and the number of OH groups indicates the number of hydroxyl groups possessed by the compound (1).
The "OH group / COOH group" column shows the value of the ratio of the number of hydroxyl groups to the number of carboxyl groups [number of hydroxyl groups / number of carboxyl groups] of the compound (1).
The column "(A) / (B)" shows the value of the mass ratio of the content of the compound (1) to the content of the alkanolamine [content of compound (1) / content of alkanolamine].
The numerical value in the "pH" column indicates the pH of the cleaning solution measured by the above pH meter at 25 ° C.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
[結果]
 表1から明らかなように、本発明の洗浄液は所定の効果を示すことが確認された。
[result]
As is clear from Table 1, it was confirmed that the cleaning solution of the present invention showed a predetermined effect.
 化合物(1)の含有量が、洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.5質量%以上(好ましくは1質量%以上、より好ましくは3質量%以上)である場合、より効果が優れることが確認された(実施例4~7の比較)。
 化合物(1)がグルコン酸である場合、より効果が優れることが確認された(実施例1~3の比較)。
 アルカノールアミンの含有量に対する化合物(1)の含有量の質量比の値が、0.1~10である場合、より効果が優れることが確認された(実施例1及び4~9の比較)。
 洗浄液が、界面活性剤を更に含む場合、より効果が優れることが確認された(実施例4及び26の比較)。
It was confirmed that the effect is more excellent when the content of the compound (1) is 0.5% by mass or more (preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more) with respect to the total mass of the cleaning liquid. (Comparison of Examples 4 to 7).
It was confirmed that when the compound (1) was gluconic acid, the effect was more excellent (comparison of Examples 1 to 3).
It was confirmed that the effect was more excellent when the value of the mass ratio of the content of the compound (1) to the content of the alkanolamine was 0.1 to 10 (comparison of Examples 1 and 4 to 9).
It was confirmed that the cleaning liquid was more effective when it further contained a surfactant (comparison of Examples 4 and 26).

Claims (12)

  1.  化学機械研磨処理が施された半導体基板用の洗浄液であって、
     前記洗浄液が、下記式(1)で表される化合物と、アルカノールアミンと、水とを含み、前記洗浄液の25℃におけるpH値が9.0以上である、洗浄液。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     式(1)中、Ra1は水素原子、又は、ヒドロキシル基及びカルボキシル基からなる群から選択される基を有していてもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
    A cleaning liquid for semiconductor substrates that has been subjected to chemical mechanical polishing treatment.
    A cleaning solution containing a compound represented by the following formula (1), alkanolamine, and water, and having a pH value of the cleaning solution at 25 ° C. of 9.0 or more.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In formula (1), Ra1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group.
  2.  前記式(1)で表される化合物のClogP値が、-3.50~-1.45である、請求項1に記載の洗浄液。 The cleaning solution according to claim 1, wherein the ClogP value of the compound represented by the formula (1) is -3.50 to -1.45.
  3.  前記式(1)で表される化合物のハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項が31.0以下(MPa)0.5、分散項が17.0~18.0(MPa)0.5、及び双極子間項が13.0以下(MPa)0.5である、請求項1又は2に記載の洗浄液。 The Hansen solubility parameter of the compound represented by the formula (1) has a hydrogen bond term of 31.0 or less (MPa) 0.5 , a dispersion term of 17.0 to 18.0 (MPa) 0.5 , and a dipole. The cleaning solution according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the interim item is 13.0 or less (MPa) 0.5.
  4.  前記式(1)で表される化合物が有する、カルボキシル基の個数に対するヒドロキシル基の個数の比の値が、2以上である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の洗浄液。 The cleaning solution according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the value of the ratio of the number of hydroxyl groups to the number of carboxyl groups of the compound represented by the formula (1) is 2 or more.
  5.  前記式(1)で表される化合物の含有量が、前記洗浄液の全質量に対して、0.5質量%以上である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の洗浄液。 The cleaning solution according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the content of the compound represented by the formula (1) is 0.5% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the cleaning solution.
  6.  前記式(1)で表される化合物が、グルコン酸である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の洗浄液。 The cleaning solution according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the compound represented by the formula (1) is gluconic acid.
  7.  前記アルカノールアミンが、下記式(a-1)で表される化合物である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の洗浄液。
    HO-La1-NH   (a-1)
     式(a-1)中、La1は、ヘテロ原子を有していてもよい炭素数1~14のアルキレン基を表す。
    The cleaning solution according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the alkanolamine is a compound represented by the following formula (a-1).
    HO-L a1- NH 2 (a-1)
    In the formula (a-1), La1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a heteroatom.
  8.  前記アルカノールアミンが、2-アミノ-2-メチル-1-プロパノール、2-アミノ-2-メチルプロパンジオ-ル、及びトリスヒドロキシメチルアミノメタンからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の洗浄液。 Claimed that the alkanolamine comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of 2-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol, 2-amino-2-methylpropanediol, and trishydroxymethylaminomethane. The cleaning solution according to any one of 1 to 7.
  9.  前記アルカノールアミンの含有量に対する前記式(1)で表される化合物の含有量の質量比の値が、0.1~10である、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の洗浄液。 The cleaning solution according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the value of the mass ratio of the content of the compound represented by the formula (1) to the content of the alkanolamine is 0.1 to 10.
  10.  前記洗浄液が、前記アルカノールアミンとは異なる第2アミン化合物を更に含む、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の洗浄液。 The cleaning solution according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the cleaning solution further contains a second amine compound different from the alkanolamine.
  11.  前記洗浄液が、界面活性剤を更に含む、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の洗浄液。 The cleaning solution according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the cleaning solution further contains a surfactant.
  12.  請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の洗浄液を用いて、化学機械研磨処理が施された半導体基板を洗浄する工程を含む、半導体基板の洗浄方法。 A method for cleaning a semiconductor substrate, which comprises a step of cleaning the semiconductor substrate that has been subjected to chemical mechanical polishing treatment by using the cleaning liquid according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
PCT/JP2021/017353 2020-05-12 2021-05-06 Cleaning liquid and method for cleaning semiconductor substrate WO2021230127A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022521857A JPWO2021230127A1 (en) 2020-05-12 2021-05-06

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020083906 2020-05-12
JP2020-083906 2020-05-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021230127A1 true WO2021230127A1 (en) 2021-11-18

Family

ID=78525769

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/017353 WO2021230127A1 (en) 2020-05-12 2021-05-06 Cleaning liquid and method for cleaning semiconductor substrate

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2021230127A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202142681A (en)
WO (1) WO2021230127A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014101476A (en) * 2012-11-22 2014-06-05 Sanyo Chem Ind Ltd Detergent composition for a copper wiring semiconductor
WO2018191424A1 (en) * 2017-04-11 2018-10-18 Entegris, Inc. Post chemical mechanical polishing formulations and method of use

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014101476A (en) * 2012-11-22 2014-06-05 Sanyo Chem Ind Ltd Detergent composition for a copper wiring semiconductor
WO2018191424A1 (en) * 2017-04-11 2018-10-18 Entegris, Inc. Post chemical mechanical polishing formulations and method of use

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202142681A (en) 2021-11-16
JPWO2021230127A1 (en) 2021-11-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021230063A1 (en) Cleaning solution and method for cleaning semiconductor substrate
JP7469474B2 (en) Semiconductor substrate cleaning solution
WO2021054010A1 (en) Cleaning solution and cleaning method
US20230099612A1 (en) Treatment liquid, chemical mechanical polishing method, and method for treating semiconductor substrate
US20220325208A1 (en) Cleaning solution and cleaning method
US20220403300A1 (en) Cleaning liquid and cleaning method
US20220336209A1 (en) Cleaning method and cleaning liquid
US20220315868A1 (en) Cleaning solution and cleaning method
TW202039812A (en) Cleaning liquid
JP7433418B2 (en) Cleaning liquid for semiconductor substrates
US20230065213A1 (en) Cleaning fluid and cleaning method
US20230145012A1 (en) Cleaning liquid for semiconductor substrate
JP7365427B2 (en) Cleaning liquid, cleaning method
WO2021230127A1 (en) Cleaning liquid and method for cleaning semiconductor substrate
JP7340614B2 (en) cleaning method
WO2022004217A1 (en) Method for producing treatment liquid
JP2024018964A (en) Processing liquid, method for processing object, and method for manufacturing semiconductor devices

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21804470

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022521857

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21804470

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1